gabriel liiceanu, despre ura

DESPRE URĂ

Gabriel Liiceanu — Studii de filozofie şi filologie clasică la Universitatea din Bucureşti. Bursier al fundaţiei Alexander von Humboldt. Profesor de filozofie la Universitatea din Bucureşti. Director al Editurii Humanitas.
Scrieri — Tragicul. O fenomenologie a limitei şi depăşirii (Univers, 1975; Humanitas, 1994,2005); încercare în politropia omului şi a culturii (Cartea Românească, 1981); ediţia a Ii-a, cu titlul Om şi simbol. Interpretări ale simbolului în teoria artei şi filozofia culturii (Humanitas, 2005); jurnalul de la Păltiniş. Un model paideic în cultura umanistă (Cartea Românească, 1983; Humanitas, 1991, 1996, 2004, 2005); Le Journal de Păltiniş (La Decouverte, Paris, 1998); Păltiniş Diary (CEU Press, Budapesta şi New York, 2000); Dziennik z Păltinişu. Pajdeja jako model w kulturze humanistycznej (Pograznicze, Sejny, 2001); Epistolar (coautor şi editor: Cartea Românească, 1987; Humanitas, 1996); Apel către lichele (Humanitas, 1992, 1996); Cearta cu filozofia (Humanitas, 1992, 2005); Despre limită (Humanitas, 1994, 2004, 2007); De la limite. Petit trăite ă l’usage des orgueilleux (Ed. Michalon, Paris, 1997); Itinerariile unei vieţi: E.M. Cioran urmat de Apocalipsa după Cioran. Trei zile de convorbiri — 1990 (Humanitas, 1995); Hineraires d’une vie: E.M. Cioran suivi de Les continents de l’insomnie (Ed. Michalon, Paris, 1995); Apocalypsen enligt Cioran (Dualis Forlags, Ludvika, Suedia, 1997); Declaraţie de iubire (Humanitas, 2001); Uşa interzisă (Humanitas, 2002); Despre minciună (Humanitas, 2006).
Traduceri mai importante — Platon, Hippias Maior, Euthydemos, Phaidros; Martin Heidegger (în colaborare), Originea operei de artă, Repere pe drumul gândirii, Introducere în metafizică, Fiinţă şi timp.
Filme — Exerciţiu de admiraţie (în colaborare cu Constantin Chelba, 1991); Eugene Ionesco. Ultimul interviu, 1992; Apocalipsa după Cioran (în colaborare cu Sorin Ilieşiu, 1995).

GABRIEL LIICEANU
DESPRE URĂ

Coperta
IONUŢ BROŞTIANU
Descrierea CIP a Bibliotecii Naţionale a României LIICEANU, GABRIEL
Despre ură / Gabriel Liiceanu – Bucureşti: Humanitas, 2007
ISBN 978-973-50-1764-4
821.135.1-96
© HUMANITAS, 2007
EDITURA HUMANITAS
Piaţa Presei Libere 1, 013701 Bucureşti, România
tel. 021/317 18 19, fax 021/317 18 24
http://www.humanitas .ro
Comenzi CARTE PRIN POŞTĂ: tel. 021/311 23 30,
fax 021/313 50 35, C.P.C.E. — CP 14, Bucureşti

Cuvânt înainte

Aceste pagini, ca şi în cazul textului Despre minciună, au fost prilejuite de o conferinţă „Microsoft” pe care am ţinut-o la Târgu Mureş, în ziua de 19 aprilie 2007. în dimineaţa acelei zile, în timp ce în aula Universităţii Petru Maior vorbeam despre „crima originară”, despre genealogia urii şi despre intelectuali şi ură, în Parlamentul ţării se puseseră în mişcare procedurile de suspendare din funcţie a Preşedintelui României. Am început conferinţa spunând că nu pot fi cu totul întâmplătoare nici locul şi nici momentul în care ea se desfăşoară: „în martie 1990, ura dansa pe străzile oraşului dumneavoastră, după cum, în clipa în care vorbim, ura dansează pe băncile Parlamentului României. E greu să ne imaginăm un timp
———— 7 ____________

şi un loc mai bun pentru a vorbi despre ură. Acest discurs devine, acum şi aici, o manieră intelectuală şi simbolică de a exorciza ura. înţelegându-i, pur şi simplu, mecanismele.” Adevărul este că la subiectul acesta nu am ajuns întâmplător. De şase decenii în România se urăşte variat şi continuu. In România comunistă se ura din două direcţii: de sus în jos şi de jos în sus. Se ura din principiu. De sus în jos: era evident că guvernanţii unei ţări, care socoteau că populaţia este inaptă de libertate şi care o guvernau numai cu ajutorul minciunii şi terorii, o dispreţuiau şi o urau. Tot din principiu se ura şi de jos în sus, de vreme ce guvernanţii fuseseră impuşi cu forţa, iar alegerile se dovediseră o mascaradă. Apoi, când lucrul acesta a fost dat uitării şi când regimul comunist s-a instalat „pentru totdeauna”, ura a început să se hrănească din umilirea cotidiană. Toată lumea era infantilizată: fiecare gest care alcătuia viaţa noastră stătea sub binomul „e voie” – „nu e voie”. Aveai voie să spui asta, şi nu asta, aveai voie să vezi asta, şi nu asta,
———– 8 ———–

aveai voie să mănânci asta, şi nu asta, aveai voie să te înmulţeşti atât, şi nu atât, aveai voie să te distrezi aşa, şi nu aşa. Patruzeci şi cinci de ani trăiţi în frustrare, mizerie şi frică transformaseră România într-un tărâm al urii. Sentimentul activ al urii – activ, la drept vorbind, doar la o parte din populaţie, cea care încă mai avea sentimente publice -poate explica, într-o măsură cel puţin, căderea lui Ceauşescu.
De 17 ani încoace, de la „revoluţia din decembrie 1989″, lucrurile s-au schimbat şi totuşi cantitatea de ură acumulată în corpul societăţii româneşti pare să rămână intactă şi să se diversifice. în primul rând, pe un plan strict psihologic, în condiţiile în care resursele de creativitate se pot acum manifesta, reuşita faptei cuiva a ajuns să fie cântărită la noi prin cantitatea de ură pe care ea o stârneşte. Ura, aşadar, ca simptom al reuşitei. Lucrurile merg până într-acolo încât, „de dragul” urii, oamenii sunt dispuşi să facă orice, la limită să te împiedice să faci (chiar dacă astfel pierd odată cu tine), decât
———– 9 ____________

să-ţi vadă numele aureolat şi isprava recunoscută public. Se ajunge astfel la „ura sinucigaşă”, în care coechipierul preferă să te placheze decât să-ţi lase în seamă golul victoriei. Pe de altă parte, în plan social, ura care îşi are izvorul în cei 45 de ani de comunism pare inepuizabilă. Urăsc cei ce constată că persoanele care le-au schilodit vieţile şi destinele în comunism vor ca, după ce şi-au păstrat locurile, funcţiile şi atribuţiile puterii, să le organizeze iar, tot ei, vieţile şi destinele în noua societate. Aceştia din urmă, la rândul lor, îi urăsc pe cei care îi contestă şi care le periclitează, prin tresăririle lor periodice de indignare şi prin protestele lor mai mult sau mai puţin sistematizate, privilegiile, impunitatea şi puterea.
Pe acest fond, am socotit că o reflecţie asupra problemei urii este cât se poate de bine-venită: orice lucru înţeles poate fi mai lesne stăpânit. în acelaşi timp, este straniu să constaţi cât de puţin loc a acordat gândirea modernă unei chestiuni care face parte dintre trăsăturile înseşi ale modernităţii: de
———– 10 ———–

la sfârşitul secolului XIX istoria omenirii se defineşte prin explozia periodică, simultană sau alternativă a patru feluri de ură: ura de clasă, de rasă, de naţiune şi ura religioasă. Gânditorul care a mers cel mai departe pe linia evaluării impactului urii în societatea modernă şi pe relaţia acesteia cu clasa intelectuală a fost Julien Benda. Căderea în uitare, dacă nu ignorarea sistematică, a cărţii sale La trahison des clercs (Trădarea cărturarilor), apărută în 19281, nu poate fi explicată, într-un secol al tuturor angajărilor vinovate, decât într-un singur fel: prin ea, cei mai mulţi intelectuali s-au văzut confruntaţi cu o imagine de sine deloc complezentă. Ei erau acuzaţi de a fi abdicat, de dragul „pasiunilor politice”, de la menirea lor eternă: aceea de a apăra, peste vremi, valorile de adevăr, bine şi dreptate ale omenirii.
Când a scris cartea, Benda nu avea, aşa cum am avut-o noi desfăşurată retrospectiv, imaginea istoriei din secolul XX cu tot cortegiul atrocităţilor lui. Cu atât mai surprinzătoare, prin caracterul ei premonitiv, este
———— 11 ———–

analiza sa. Paginile de faţă s-au construit în fond pe ideea centrală a cărţii lui Benda: „Secolul nostru va fi fost secolul organizării intelectuale a urilor politice”. Am încercat, în textul conferinţei mele, să detaliez această idee, punând-o faţă în faţă cu ura şi cu crima originare, proprii lui Cain, şi să arăt, pe urmele lui Benda, ce eficacitate infinit mai mare are ura modernă faţă de cea biblică, care, nefiind dotată cu o ideologie, nu putea face din fiinţa umană echivalentul unei bombe cu neutroni, în speţă, cu vorbele lui Andre Glucksmann, o „bombă umană”. Această bombă încărcată cu ură, de departe cel mai explozibil „material” imaginabil, a putut omorî în secolul trecut peste o sută de milioane de oameni şi, după semnele existente, potenţialul ei de a ucide este departe de a se fi epuizat. „Bomba cu ură”, bomba fabricată din patimă umană şi dotată cu ideologie, este pesemne singura „armă globală”, singura prin care specia umană va reuşi să îşi vină de hac.
———— 12 ____________

în sfârşit, am încercat să văd care este raportul intelectualului cu ura după 1989 în România: cât de departe se află el, după ce a ieşit din comunism, de menirea sa eternă şi în ce condiţii mai poate ieşi el astăzi în piaţa publică, fără ca prin asta să ia automat parte la „organizarea intelectuală a urii”?

………….13…………….

prezentare Humanitas

download scribd

download esnips 

Jerry Fodor The Modularity of Mind

This study synthesizes current information from the various fields of cognitive science in support of a new and exciting theory of mind. Most psychologists study horizontal processes like memory and information flow; Fodor postulates a vertical and modular psychological organization underlying biologically coherent behaviors. This view of mental architecture is consistent with the historical tradition of faculty psychology while integrating a computational approach to mental processes. One of the most notable aspects of Fodor’s work is that it articulates features not only of speculative cognitive architectures but also of current research in artificial intelligence.

Jerry A. Fodor is Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department of Philosophy at MIT.

Jerry Fodor is Professor of Philosophy at Rutgers University. His many books include In Critical Condition (MIT Press, 1998) and The Elm and the Expert (MIT Press, 1994).

download

John Taylor Gatto

Underground History of American Education

Epilogue

What has happened in our schools was foreseen long ago by Jefferson. We have been recolonized silently in a second American Revolution. Time to take our script from this country’s revolutionary start, time to renew traditional hostility toward hierarchy and tutelage. We became a unique nation from the bottom up, that is the only way to rebuild a worthy concept of education.

PROLOGUE

Bianca, You Animal, Shut Up!

Our problem in understanding forced schooling stems from an inconvenient fact: that the wrong it does from a human perspective is right from a systems perspective. You can see this in the case of six-year-old Bianca, who came to my attention because an assistant principal screamed at her in front of an assembly, “BIANCA, YOU ANIMAL, SHUT UP!” Like the wail of a banshee, this sang the school doom of Bianca. Even though her body continued to shuffle around, the voodoo had poisoned her.

Do I make too much of this simple act of putting a little girl in her place? It must happen thousands of times every day in schools all over. I’ve seen it many times, and if I were painfully honest I’d admit to doing it many times. Schools are supposed to teach kids their place. That’s why we have age-graded classes. In any case, it wasn’t your own little Janey or mine.

Most of us tacitly accept the pragmatic terms of public school which allow every kind of psychic violence to be inflicted on Bianca in order to fulfill the prime directive of the system: putting children in their place. It’s called “social efficiency.” But I get this precognition, this flash-forward to a moment far in the future when your little girl Jane, having left her comfortable home, wakes up to a world where Bianca is her enraged meter maid, or the passport clerk Jane counts on for her emergency ticket out of the country, or the strange lady who lives next door.

I picture this animal Bianca grown large and mean, the same Bianca who didn’t go to school for a month after her little friends took to whispering, “Bianca is an animal, Bianca is an animal,” while Bianca, only seconds earlier a human being like themselves, sat choking back tears, struggling her way through a reading selection by guessing what the words meant.

In my dream I see Bianca as a fiend manufactured by schooling who now regards Janey as a vehicle for vengeance. In a transport of passion she:

1. Gives Jane’s car a ticket before the meter runs out.

2. Throws away Jane’s passport application after Jane leaves the office.

3. Plays heavy metal music through the thin partition which separates Bianca’s apartment from Jane’s while Jane pounds frantically on the wall for relief.

4. All the above.

You aren’t compelled to loan your car to anyone who wants it, but you are compelled to surrender your school-age child to strangers who process children for a livelihood, even though one in every nine schoolchildren is terrified of physical harm happening to them in school, terrified with good cause; about thirty-three are murdered there every year. Your great-great-grandmother didn’t have to surrender her children. What happened?

If I demanded you give up your television to an anonymous, itinerant repairman who needed work you’d think I was crazy; if I came with a policeman who forced you to pay that repairman even after he broke your set, you would be outraged. Why are you so docile when you give up your child to a government agent called a schoolteacher?

I want to open up concealed aspects of modern schooling such as the deterioration it forces in the morality of parenting. You have no say at all in choosing your teachers. You know nothing about their backgrounds or families. And the state knows little more than you do. This is as radical a piece of social engineering as the human imagination can conceive. What does it mean?

One thing you do know is how unlikely it will be for any teacher to understand the personality of your particular child or anything significant about your family, culture, religion, plans, hopes, dreams. In the confusion of school affairs even teachers so disposed don’t have opportunity to know those things. How did this happen?

Before you hire a company to build a house, you would, I expect, insist on detailed plans showing what the finished structure was going to look like. Building a child’s mind and character is what public schools do, their justification for prematurely breaking family and neighborhood learning. Where is documentary evidence to prove this assumption that trained and certified professionals do it better than people who know and love them can? There isn’t any.

The cost in New York State for building a well-schooled child in the year 2000 is $200,000 per body when lost interest is calculated. That capital sum invested in the child’s name over the past twelve years would have delivered a million dollars to each kid as a nest egg to compensate for having no school. The original $200,000 is more than the average home in New York costs. You wouldn’t build a home without some idea what it would look like when finished, but you are compelled to let a corps of perfect strangers tinker with your child’s mind and personality without the foggiest idea what they want to do with it.

Law courts and legislatures have totally absolved school people from liability. You can sue a doctor for malpractice, not a schoolteacher. Every homebuilder is accountable to customers years after the home is built; not schoolteachers, though. You can’t sue a priest, minister, or rabbi either; that should be a clue.

If you can’t be guaranteed even minimal results by these institutions, not even physical safety; if you can’t be guaranteed anything except that you’ll be arrested if you fail to surrender your kid, just what does the public in public schools mean?

What exactly is public about public schools? That’s a question to take seriously. If schools were public as libraries, parks, and swimming pools are public, as highways and sidewalks are public, then the public would be satisfied with them most of the time. Instead, a situation of constant dissatisfaction has spanned many decades. Only in Orwell’s Newspeak, as perfected by legendary spin doctors of the twentieth century such as Ed Bernays or Ivy Lee or great advertising combines, is there anything public about public schools.

2. I Quit, I Think

In the first year of the last decade of the twentieth century during my thirtieth year as a school teacher in Community School District 3, Manhattan, after teaching in all five secondary schools in the district, crossing swords with one professional administration after another as they strove to rid themselves of me, after having my license suspended twice for insubordination and terminated covertly once while I was on medical leave of absence, after the City University of New York borrowed me for a five-year stint as a lecturer in the Education Department (and the faculty rating handbook published by the Student Council gave me the highest ratings in the department my last three years), after planning and bringing about the most successful permanent school fund-raiser in New York City history, after placing a single eighth-grade class into 30,000 hours of volunteer community service, after organizing and financing a student-run food cooperative, after securing over a thousand apprenticeships, directing the collection of tens of thousands of books for the construction of private student libraries, after producing four talking job dictionaries for the blind, writing two original student musicals, and launching an armada of other initiatives to reintegrate students within a larger human reality, I quit.

I was New York State Teacher of the Year when it happened. An accumulation of disgust and frustration which grew too heavy to be borne finally did me in. To test my resolve I sent a short essay to The Wall Street Journal titled “I Quit, I Think.” In it I explained my reasons for deciding to wrap it up, even though I had no savings and not the slightest idea what else I might do in my mid-fifties to pay the rent. In its entirety it read like this:

Government schooling is the most radical adventure in history. It kills the family by monopolizing the best times of childhood and by teaching disrespect for home and parents. The whole blueprint of school procedure is Egyptian, not Greek or Roman. It grows from the theological idea that human value is a scarce thing, represented symbolically by the narrow peak of a pyramid.

That idea passed into American history through the Puritans. It found its “scientific” presentation in the bell curve, along which talent supposedly apportions itself by some Iron Law of Biology. It’s a religious notion, School is its church. I offer rituals to keep heresy at bay. I provide documentation to justify the heavenly pyramid.

Socrates foresaw if teaching became a formal profession, something like this would happen. Professional interest is served by making what is easy to do seem hard; by subordinating the laity to the priesthood. School is too vital a jobs-project, contract giver and protector of the social order to allow itself to be “re-formed.” It has political allies to guard its marches, that’s why reforms come and go without changing much. Even reformers can’t imagine school much different.

David learns to read at age four; Rachel, at age nine: In normal development, when both are 13, you can’t tell which one learned first—the five-year spread means nothing at all. But in school I label Rachel “learning disabled” and slow David down a bit, too. For a paycheck, I adjust David to depend on me to tell him when to go and stop. He won’t outgrow that dependency. I identify Rachel as discount merchandise, “special education” fodder. She’ll be locked in her place forever.

In 30 years of teaching kids rich and poor I almost never met a learning disabled child; hardly ever met a gifted and talented one either. Like all school categories, these are sacred myths, created by human imagination. They derive from questionable values we never examine because they preserve the temple of schooling.

That’s the secret behind short-answer tests, bells, uniform time blocks, age grading, standardization, and all the rest of the school religion punishing our nation. There isn’t a right way to become educated; there are as many ways as fingerprints. We don’t need state-certified teachers to make education happen—that probably guarantees it won’t.

How much more evidence is necessary? Good schools don’t need more money or a longer year; they need real free-market choices, variety that speaks to every need and runs risks. We don’t need a national curriculum or national testing either. Both initiatives arise from ignorance of how people learn or deliberate indifference to it. I can’t teach this way any longer. If you hear of a job where I don’t have to hurt kids to make a living, let me know. Come fall I’ll be looking for work.

3. The New Individualism

The little essay went off in March and I forgot it. Somewhere along the way I must have gotten a note saying it would be published at the editor’s discretion, but if so, it was quickly forgotten in the press of turbulent feelings that accompanied my own internal struggle. Finally, on July 5, 1991, I swallowed hard and quit. Twenty days later the Journal published the piece. A week later I was studying invitations to speak at NASA Space Center, the Western White House, the Nashville Center for the Arts, Columbia Graduate Business School, the Colorado Librarian’s Convention, Apple Computer, and the financial control board of United Technologies Corporation. Nine years later, still enveloped in the orbit of compulsion schooling, I had spoken 750 times in fifty states and seven foreign countries. I had no agent and never advertised, but a lot of people made an effort to find me. It was as if parents were starving for someone to tell them the truth.

My hunch is it wasn’t so much what I was saying that kept the lecture round unfolding, but that a teacher was speaking out at all and the curious fact that I represented nobody except myself. In the great school debate, this is unheard of. Every single voice allowed regular access to the national podium is the mouthpiece of some association, corporation, university, agency, or institutionalized cause. The poles of debate blocked out by these ritualized, figurehead voices are extremely narrow. Each has a stake in continuing forced schooling much as it is.

As I traveled, I discovered a universal hunger, often unvoiced, to be free of managed debate. A desire to be given untainted information. Nobody seemed to have maps of where this thing had come from or why it acted as it did, but the ability to smell a rat was alive and well all over America.

Exactly what John Dewey heralded at the onset of the twentieth century has indeed happened. Our once highly individualized nation has evolved into a centrally managed village, an agora made up of huge special interests which regard individual voices as irrelevant. The masquerade is managed by having collective agencies speak through particular human beings. Dewey said this would mark a great advance in human affairs, but the net effect is to reduce men and women to the status of functions in whatever subsystem they are placed. Public opinion is turned on and off in laboratory fashion. All this in the name of social efficiency, one of the two main goals of forced schooling.

Dewey called this transformation “the new individualism.” When I stepped into the job of schoolteacher in 1961, the new individualism was sitting in the driver’s seat all over urban America, a far cry from my own school days on the Monongahela when the Lone Ranger, not Sesame Street, was our nation’s teacher, and school things weren’t nearly so oppressive. But gradually they became something else in the euphoric times following WWII. Easy money and easy travel provided welcome relief from wartime austerity, the advent of television, the new nonstop theater, offered easy laughs, effortless entertainment. Thus preoccupied, Americans failed to notice the deliberate conversion of formal education that was taking place, a transformation that would turn school into an instrument of the leviathan state. Who made that happen and why is part of the story I have to tell.

4. School As Religion

Nothing about school is what it seems, not even boredom. To show you what I mean is the burden of this long essay. My book represents a try at arranging my own thoughts in order to figure out what fifty years of classroom confinement (as student and teacher) add up to for me. You’ll encounter a great deal of speculative history here. This is a personal investigation of why school is a dangerous place. It’s not so much that anyone there sets out to hurt children; more that all of us associated with the institution are stuck like flies in the same great web your kids are. We buzz frantically to cover our own panic but have little power to help smaller flies.

Looking backward on a thirty-year teaching career full of rewards and prizes, somehow I can’t completely believe that I spent my time on earth institutionalized; I can’t believe that centralized schooling is allowed to exist at all as a gigantic indoctrination and sorting machine, robbing people of their children. Did it really happen? Was this my life? God help me.

School is a religion. Without understanding the holy mission aspect you’re certain to misperceive what takes place as a result of human stupidity or venality or even class warfare. All are present in the equation, it’s just that none of these matter very much—even without them school would move in the same direction. Dewey’s Pedagogic Creed statement of 1897 gives you a clue to the zeitgeist:

Every teacher should realize he is a social servant set apart for the maintenance of the proper social order and the securing of the right social growth. In this way the teacher is always the prophet of the true God and the usherer in of the true kingdom of heaven.

What is “proper” social order? What does “right” social growth look like? If you don’t know you’re like me, not like John Dewey who did, or the Rockefellers, his patrons, who did, too.

Somehow out of the industrial confusion which followed the Civil War, powerful men and dreamers became certain what kind of social order America needed, one very like the British system we had escaped a hundred years earlier. This realization didn’t arise as a product of public debate as it should have in a democracy, but as a distillation of private discussion. Their ideas contradicted the original American charter but that didn’t disturb them. They had a stupendous goal in mind. The end of unpredictable history; its transformation into dependable order.

From mid-century onwards certain utopian schemes to retard maturity in the interests of a greater good were put into play, following roughly the blueprint Rousseau laid down in the book Emile. At least rhetorically. The first goal, to be reached in stages, was an orderly, scientifically managed society, one in which the best people would make the decisions, unhampered by democratic tradition. After that, human breeding, the evolutionary destiny of the species, would be in reach. Universal institutionalized formal forced schooling was the prescription, extending the dependency of the young well into what

had traditionally been early adult life. Individuals would be prevented from taking up important work until a relatively advanced age. Maturity was to be retarded.

During the post—Civil War period, childhood was extended about four years. Later, a special label was created to describe very old children. It was called adolescence, a phenomenon hitherto unknown to the human race. The infantilization of young people didn’t stop at the beginning of the twentieth century; child labor laws were extended to cover more and more kinds of work, the age of school leaving set higher and higher. The greatest victory for this utopian project was making school the only avenue to certain occupations. The intention was ultimately to draw all work into the school net. By the 1950s it wasn’t unusual to find graduate students well into their thirties, running errands, waiting to start their lives.

5. He Was Square Inside And Brown

Barbara Whiteside showed me a poem written by a high school senior in Alton, Illinois, two weeks before he committed suicide:

He drew… the things inside that needed saying.

Beautiful pictures he kept under his pillow.

When he started school he brought them…

To have along like a friend.

It was funny about school, he sat at a square brown desk Like all the other square brown desks… and his room

Was a square brown room like all the other rooms, tight And close and stiff. He hated to hold the pencil and chalk, his arms stiff His feet flat on the floor, stiff, the teacher watching And watching. She told him to wear a tie like All the other boys, he said he didn’t like them. She said it didn’t matter what he liked. After that the class drew. He drew all yellow. It was the way he felt about Morning. The Teacher came and smiled, “What’s this? Why don’t you draw something like Ken’s drawing?” After that his mother bought him a tie, and he always Drew airplanes and rocketships like everyone else. He was square inside and brown and his hands were stiff. The things inside that needed saying didn’t need it Anymore, they had stopped pushing… crushed, stiff Like everything else.

After I spoke in Nashville, a mother named Debbie pressed a handwritten note on me which I read on the airplane to Binghamton, New York:

We started to see Brandon flounder in the first grade, hives, depression, he cried every night after he asked his father, “Is tomorrow school, too?” In second grade the physical stress became apparent. The teacher pronounced his problem Attention Deficit Syndrome. My happy, bouncy child was now looked at as a medical problem, by us as well as the school.

A doctor, a psychiatrist, and a school authority all determined he did have this affliction. Medication was stressed along with behavior modification. If it was suspected that Brandon had not been medicated he was sent home. My square peg needed a bit of whittling to fit their round hole, it seemed.

I cried as I watched my parenting choices stripped away. My ignorance of options allowed Brandon to be medicated through second grade. The tears and hives continued another full year until I couldn’t stand it. I began to homeschool Brandon. It was his salvation. No more pills, tears, or hives. He is thriving. He never cries now and does his work eagerly.

6. The New Dumbness

Ordinary people send their children to school to get smart, but what modern schooling teaches is dumbness. It’s a religious idea gone out of control. You don’t have to accept that, though, to realize this kind of economy would be jeopardized by too many smart people who understand too much. I won’t ask you to take that on faith. Be patient. I’ll let a famous American publisher explain to you the secret of our global financial success in just a little while. Be patient.

Old-fashioned dumbness used to be simple ignorance; now it is transformed from ignorance into permanent mathematical categories of relative stupidity like “gifted and talented,” “mainstream,” “special ed.” Categories in which learning is rationed for the good of a system of order. Dumb people are no longer merely ignorant. Now they are indoctrinated, their minds conditioned with substantial doses of commercially prepared disinformation dispensed for tranquilizing purposes.

Jacques Ellul, whose book Propaganda is a reflection on the phenomenon, warned us that prosperous children are more susceptible than others to the effects of schooling because they are promised more lifelong comfort and security for yielding wholly:

Critical judgment disappears altogether, for in no way can there ever be collective critical judgment….The individual can no longer judge for himself because he inescapably relates his thoughts to the entire complex of values and prejudices established by propaganda. With regard to political situations, he is given ready-made value judgments invested with the power of the truth by…the word of experts.

The new dumbness is particularly deadly to middle- and upper-middle-class kids already made shallow by multiple pressures to conform imposed by the outside world on their usually lightly rooted parents. When they come of age, they are certain they must know something because their degrees and licenses say they do. They remain so convinced until an unexpectedly brutal divorce, a corporate downsizing in midlife, or panic attacks of meaninglessness upset the precarious balance of their incomplete humanity, their stillborn adult lives. Alan Bullock, the English historian, said Evil was a state of incompetence. If true, our school adventure has filled the twentieth century with evil.

Ellul puts it this way:

The individual has no chance to exercise his judgment either on principal questions or on their implication; this leads to the atrophy of a faculty not comfortably exercised under [the best of] conditions….Once personal judgment and critical faculties have disappeared or have atrophied, they will not simply reappear when propaganda is suppressed…years of intellectual and spiritual education would be needed to restore such faculties. The propagandee, if deprived of one propaganda, will immediately adopt another, this will spare him the agony of finding himself vis a vis some event without a ready-made opinion.

Once the best children are broken to such a system, they disintegrate morally, becoming dependent on group approval. A National Merit Scholar in my own family once wrote that her dream was to be “a small part in a great machine.” It broke my heart. What kids dumbed down by schooling can’t do is to think for themselves or ever be at rest for very long without feeling crazy; stupefied boys and girls reveal dependence in many ways easily exploitable by their knowledgeable elders.

According to all official analysis, dumbness isn’t taught (as I claim), but is innate in a great percentage of what has come to be called “the workforce.” Workforce itself is a term that should tell you much about the mind that governs modern society. According to official reports, only a small fraction of the population is capable of what you and I call mental life: creative thought, analytical thought, judgmental thought, a trio occupying the three highest positions on Bloom’s Taxonomy of Educational Objectives. Just how small a fraction would shock you. According to experts, the bulk of the mob is hopelessly dumb, even dangerously so. Perhaps you’re a willing accomplice to this social coup which revived the English class system. Certainly you are if your own child has been rewarded with a “gifted and talented” label by your local school. This is what Dewey means by “proper” social order.

If you believe nothing can be done for the dumb except kindness, because it’s biology (the bell-curve model); if you believe capitalist oppressors have ruined the dumb because they are bad people (the neo-Marxist model); if you believe dumbness reflects depraved moral fiber (the Calvinist model); or that it’s nature’s way of disqualifying boobies from the reproduction sweepstakes (the Darwinian model); or nature’s way of providing someone to clean your toilet (the pragmatic elitist model); or that it’s evidence of bad karma (the Buddhist model); if you believe any of the various explanations given for the position of the dumb in the social order we have, then you will be forced to concur that a vast bureaucracy is indeed necessary to address the dumb. Otherwise they would murder us in our beds.

The shocking possibility that dumb people don’t exist in sufficient numbers to warrant the careers devoted to tending to them will seem incredible to you. Yet that is my proposition: Mass dumbness first had to be imagined; it isn’t real.

Once the dumb are wished into existence, they serve valuable functions: as a danger to themselves and others they have to be watched, classified, disciplined, trained, medicated, sterilized, ghettoized, cajoled, coerced, jailed. To idealists they represent a challenge, reprobates to be made socially useful. Either way you want it, hundreds of millions of perpetual children require paid attention from millions of adult custodians. An ignorant horde to be schooled one way or another.

7. Putting Pedagogy To The Question

More than anything else, this book is a work of intuition. The official story of why we school doesn’t add up today any more than it did yesterday. A few years before I quit, I began to try to piece together where this school project came from, why it took the shape it took, and why every attempt to change it has ended in abysmal failure.

By now I’ve invested the better part of a decade looking for answers. If you want a conventional history of schooling, or education as it is carelessly called, you’d better stop reading now. Although years of research in the most arcane sources are reflected here, throughout it’s mainly intuition that drives my synthesis.

This is in part a private narrative, the map of a schoolteacher’s mind as it tracked strands in the web in which it had been wrapped; in part a public narrative, an account of the latest chapter in an ancient war: the conflict between systems which offer physical safety and certainty at the cost of suppressing free will, and those which offer liberty at the price of constant risk. If you keep both plots in mind, no matter how far afield my book seems to range, you won’t wonder what a chapter on coal or one on private hereditary societies has to do with schoolchildren.

What I’m most determined to do is start a conversation among those who’ve been silent up until now, and that includes schoolteachers. We need to put sterile discussions of grading and testing, discipline, curriculum, multiculturalism and tracking aside as distractions, as mere symptoms of something larger, darker, and more intransigent than any problem a problem-solver could tackle next week. Talking endlessly about such things encourages the bureaucratic tactic of talking around the vital, messy stuff. In partial compensation for your effort, I promise you’ll discover what’s in the mind of a man who spent his life in a room with children.

Give an ear, then, to what follows. We shall cross-examine history together. We shall put pedagogy to the question. And if the judgment following this auto da fe is that only pain can make this monster relax its grip, let us pray together for the courage to inflict it.

Reading my essay will help you sort things out. It will give you a different topological map upon which to fix your own position. No doubt I’ve made some factual mistakes, but essays since Montaigne have been about locating truth, not about assembling facts. Truth and fact aren’t the same thing. My essay is meant to mark out crudely some ground for a scholarship of schooling, my intention is that you not continue to regard the official project of education through an older, traditional perspective, but to see it as a frightening chapter in the administrative organization of knowledge—a text we must vigorously repudiate as our ancestors once did. We live together, you and I, in a dark time when all official history is propaganda. If you want truth, you have to struggle for it. This is my struggle. Let me bear witness to what I have seen.

8. Author’s Note

With conspiracy so close to the surface of the American imagination and American reality, I can only approach with trepidation the task of discouraging you in advance from thinking my book the chronicle of some vast diabolical conspiracy to seize all our children for the personal ends of a small, elite minority.

Don’t get me wrong, American schooling has been replete with chicanery from its very beginnings.

Indeed, it isn’t difficult to find various conspirators boasting in public about what they pulled off. But if you take that tack you’ll miss the real horror of what I’m trying to describe, that what has happened to our schools was inherent in the original design for a planned economy and a planned society laid down so proudly at the end of the nineteenth century. I think what happened would have happened anyway—without the legions of venal, half-mad men and women who schemed so hard to make it as it is. If I’m correct, we’re in a much worse position than we would be if we were merely victims of an evil genius or two.

If you obsess about conspiracy, what you’ll fail to see is that we are held fast by a form of highly abstract thinking fully concretized in human institutions which has grown beyond the power of the managers of these institutions to control. If there is a way out of the trap we’re in, it won’t be by removing some bad guys and replacing them with good guys.

Who are the villains, really, but ourselves? People can change, but systems cannot without losing their structural integrity. Even Henry Ford, a Jew-baiter of such colossal proportions he was lionized by Adolf Hitler in Mein Kampf, made a public apology and denied to his death he had ever intended to hurt Jews—a too strict interpretation of Darwin made him do it! The great industrialists who gave us modern compulsion schooling inevitably found their own principles subordinated to systems-purposes, just as happened to the rest of us.

Take Andrew Carnegie, the bobbin boy, who would certainly have been as appalled as the rest of us at the order to fire on strikers at his Homestead plant. But the system he helped to create was committed to pushing men until they reacted violently or dropped dead. It was called “the Iron Law of Wages.” Once his colleagues were interested in the principles of the Iron Law, they could only see the courage and defiance of the Homestead strikers as an opportunity to provoke a crisis which would allow the steel union to be broken with state militia and public funds. Crushing opposition is the obligatory scene in the industrial drama, whatever it takes, and no matter how much individual industrial leaders like Carnegie might be reluctant to do so.

My worry was about finding a prominent ally to help me present this idea that inhuman anthropology is what we confront in our institutional schools, not conspiracy. The hunt paid off with the discovery of an analysis of the Ludlow Massacre by Walter Lippmann in the New Republic of January 30, 1915. Following the Rockefeller slaughter of up to forty-seven, mostly women and children, in the tent camp of striking miners at Ludlow, Colorado, a congressional investigation was held which put John D. Rockefeller Jr. on the defensive. Rockefeller agents had employed armored cars, machine guns, and fire bombs in his name. As Lippmann tells it, Rockefeller was charged with having the only authority to authorize such a massacre, but also with too much indifference to what his underlings were up to. “Clearly,” said the industrial magnate, “both cannot be true.”

As Lippmann recognized, this paradox is the worm at the core of all colossal power. Both indeed could be true. For ten years Rockefeller hadn’t even seen this property; what he knew of it came in reports from his managers he scarcely could have read along with mountains of similar reports coming to his desk each day. He was compelled to rely on the word of others. Drawing an analogy between Rockefeller and the czar of Russia, Lippmann wrote that nobody believed the czar himself performed the many despotic acts he was accused of; everyone knew a bureaucracy did so in his name. But most failed to push that knowledge to its inevitable conclusion: If the czar tried to change what was customary he would be undermined by his subordinates. He had no defense against this happening because it was in the best interests of all the divisions of the bureaucracy, including the army, that it—not the czar—continue to be in charge of things. The czar was a prisoner of his own subjects. In Lippmann’s words:

This seemed to be the predicament of Mr. Rockefeller. I should not believe he personally hired thugs or wanted them hired. It seems far more true to say that his impersonal and half-understood power has delegated itself into unsocial forms, that it has assumed a life of its own which he is almost powerless to control….His intellectual helplessness was the amazing part of his testimony. Here was a man who represented wealth probably without parallel in history, the successor to a father who has, with justice, been called the high priest of capitalism….Yet he talked about himself on the commonplace moral assumptions of a small businessman.

The Rockefeller Foundation has been instrumental through the century just passed (along with a few others) in giving us the schools we have. It imported the German research model into college life, elevated service to business and government as the goal of higher education, not teaching. And Rockefeller-financed University of Chicago and Columbia Teachers College have been among the most energetic actors in the lower school tragedy. There is more, too, but none of it means the Rockefeller family “masterminded” the school institution, or even that his foundation or his colleges did. All became in time submerged in the system they did so much to create, almost helpless to slow its momentum even had they so desired.

Despite its title, Underground History isn’t a history proper, but a collection of materials toward a history, embedded in a personal essay analyzing why mass compulsion schooling is unreformable. The history I have unearthed is important to our understanding; it’s a good start, I believe, but much remains undone. The burden of an essay is to reveal its author so candidly and thoroughly that the reader comes fully awake. You are about to spend twenty-five to thiry hours with the mind of a schoolteacher, but the relationship we should have isn’t one of teacher to pupil but rather that of two people in conversation. I’ll offer ideas and a theory to explain things and you bring your own experience to bear on the matters, supplementing and arguing where necessary. Read with this goal before you and I promise your money’s worth. It isn’t important whether we agree on every detail.

A brief word on sources. I’ve identified all quotations and paraphrases and given the origin of many (not all) individual facts, but for fear the forest be lost in contemplation of too many trees, I’ve avoided extensive footnoting. So much here is my personal take on things that it seemed dishonest to grab you by the lapels that way: of minor value to those who already resonate on the wavelength of the book, useless, even maddening, to those who do not.

This is a workshop of solutions as well as an attempt to frame the problem clearly, but be warned: they are perversely sprinkled around like raisins in a pudding, nowhere grouped neatly as if to help you study for a test—except for a short list at the very end. The advice there is practical, but strictly limited to the world of compulsion schooling as it currently exists, not to the greater goal of understanding how education occurs or is prevented. The best advice in this book is scattered throughout and indirect, you’ll have to work to extract it. It begins with the very first sentence of the book where I remind you that what is right for systems is often wrong for human beings. Translated into a recommendation, that means that to avoid the revenge of Bianca, we must be prepared to insult systems for the convenience of humanity, not the other way around.

 

tot textul: aici sau aici

Terry Eagleton

Autor: Terry Eagleton

Editura: Blackwell

Descriere: This classic work, whose first edition sold more than 120,000 copies, is designed to cover all of the major movements in literary studies in this century. The second edition contains a major new survey chapter that addresses developments since the book’s original publication in 1983, including feminist theory, postmodernism, poststructuralism-what is broadly referred to as cultural theory. Noted for its clear, engaging style and unpretentious treatment, Literary Theory has become the introduction of choice for anyone interested in learning about the world of contemporary literary thought. Unique in its range and accessibility, it provides an iconoclastic and entertaining guide to current debates in the humanities.

 

Fragment:

Introduction:
What is Literature?
If there is such a thing as literary theory, then it would seem obvious that
there is something called literature which it is the theory of. We can begin,
then, by raising the question: what is literature?
There have been various attempts to define literature. You can define it,
for example, as ‘imaginative’ writing in the sense of fiction – writing which
is not literally true. But even the briefest reflection on what people commonly
include under the heading of literature suggests that this will not do.
Seventeenth-century English literature includes Shakespeare, Webster,
Marvell and Milton; but it also stretches to the essays of Francis Bacon, the
sermons of John Donne, Bunyan’s spiritual autobiography and whatever it
was that Sir Thomas Browne wrote. It might even at a pinch be taken to
encompass Hobbes’s Leviathan or Clarendon’s History of the Rebellion.
French seventeenth-century literature contains, along with Corneille and
Racine, La Rochefoucauld’s maxims, Bossuet’s funeral speeches, Boileau’s
treatise on poetry, Madame de Sevigne’s letters to her daughter and the
philosophy of Descartes and Pascal. Nineteenth-century English literature
usually includes Lamb (though not Bentham), Macaulay (but not Marx),
Mill (but not Darwin or Herbert Spencer).
A distinction between ‘fact’ and ‘fiction’, then, seems unlikely to get us
very far, not least because the distinction itself is often a questionable one. It
has been argued, for instance, that our own opposition between ‘historical’
and ‘artistic’ truth does not apply at all to the early Icelandic sagas.1 In the
English late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, the word ‘novel’
seems to have been used about both true and fictional events, and even news
reports were hardly to be considered factual. Novels and news reports were
2 Introduction: What is Literature?
neither clearly factual nor clearly fictional: our own sharp discriminations
between these categories simply did not apply.2 Gibbon no doubt thought
that he was writing the historical truth, and so perhaps did the authors of
Genesis, but they are now read as ‘fact’ by some and ‘fiction’ by others;
Newman certainly thought his theological meditations were true but they
are now for many readers ‘literature’. Moreover, if ‘literature’ includes
much ‘factual’ writing, it also excludes quite a lot of fiction. Superman comic
and Mills and Boon novels are fictional but not generally regarded as literature,
and certainly not as Literature. Ifliterature is ‘creative’ or ‘imaginative’
writing, does this imply that history, philosophy and natural science are
uncreative and unimaginative?
Perhaps one needs a different kind of approach altogether. Perhaps literature
is definable not according to whether it is fictional or ‘imaginative’, but
because it uses language in peculiar ways. On this theory, literature is a kind
of writing which, in the words of the Russian critic Roman ]akobson,
represents an ‘organized violence committed on ordinary speech’. Literature
transforms and intensifies ordinary language, deviates systematically from
everyday speech. If you approach me at a bus stop and murmur ‘Thou still
unravished bride of quietness,’ then I am instantly aware that I am in the
presence of the literary. I know this because the texture, rhythm and resonance
of your words are in excess of their abstractable meaning – or, as the
linguists might more technically put it, there is a disproportion between the
signifiers and the signifieds. Your language draws attention to itself, flaunts
its material being, as statements like ‘Don’t you know the drivers are on
strike?’ do not.
This, in effect, was the definition of the ‘literary’ advanced by the Russian
formalists, who included in their ranks Viktor Shklovsky, Roman]akobson,
Osip Brik, Yury Tynyanov, Boris Eichenbaum and Boris Tomashevsky.
The Formalists emerged in Russia in the years before the 1917 Bolshevik
revolution, and flourished throughout the 1920s, until they were effectively
silenced by Stalinism. A militant, polemical group of critics, they rejected
the quasi-mystical symbolist doctrines which had influenced literary
criticism before them, and in a practical, scientific spirit shifted attention to
the material reality of the literary text itself. Criticism should dissociate art
from mystery and concern itself with how literary texts actually worked:
literature was not pseudo-religion or psychology or sociology but a particular
organization of language. It had its own specific laws, structures and
devices, which were to be studied in themselves rather than reduced to
something else. The literary work was neither a vehicle for ideas, a reflection
of social reality nor the incarnation of some transcendental truth: it was a
Introduction: What is Literature? 3
material fact, whose functioning could be analysed rather as one could
examine a machine. It was made of words, not of objects or feelings, and it
was a mistake to see it as the expression of an author’s mind. Pushkin’s
Eugene Onegin, Osip Brik once airily remarked, would have been written
even if Pushkin had not lived.
Formalism was essentially the application of linguistics to the study of
literature; and because the linguistics in question were of a formal kind,
concerned with the structures of language rather than with what one might
actually say, the Formalists passed over the analysis of literary ‘content’
(where one might always be tempted into psychology or sociology) for the
study of literary form. Far from seeing form as the expression of content,
they stood the relationship on its head: content was merely the ‘motivation’
of form, an occasion or convenience for a particular kind of formal exercise.
DonQuixoteis not ‘about’ the character of that name: the character is just a
device for holding together different kinds of narrative technique. Animal
Farm for the Formalists would not be an allegory of Stalinism; on the
contrary, Stalinism would simply provide a useful opportunity for the construction
of an allegory. It was this perverse insistence which won for the
Formalists their derogatory name from their antagonists; and though they
did not deny that art had a relation to social reality indeed some of them
were closely associated with the Bolsheviks – they provocatively claimed
that this relation was not the critic’s business.
The Formalists started out by seeing the literary work as a more or less
arbitrary assemblage of ‘devices’, and only later came to see these devices as
interrelated elements or ‘functions’ within a total textual system. ‘Devices’
included sound, imagery, rhythm, syntax, metre, rhyme, narrative techniques,
in fact the whole stock of formal literary elements; and what all of
these elements had in common was their ‘estranging’ or ‘defamiliarizing’
effect. What was specific to literary language, what distinguished it from
other forms of discourse, was that it ‘deformed’ ordinary language in various
ways. Under the pressure of literary devices, ordinary language was intensified,
condensed, twisted, telescoped, drawn out, turned on its head. It was
language ‘made strange’; and because of this estrangement, the everyday
world was also suddenly made unfamiliar. In the routines of everyday
speech, our perceptions of and responses to reality become stale, blunted, or,
as the Formalists would say, ‘automatized’. Literature, by forcing us into a
dramatic awareness of language, refreshes these habitual responses and
renders objects more ‘perceptible’. By having to grapple with language in a
more strenuous, self-conscious way than usual, the world which that language
contains is vividly renewed. The poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins
4 Introduction: What is Literature?
might provide a particularly graphic example of this. Literary discourse
estranges or alienates ordinary speech, but in doing so, paradoxically, brings
us into a fuller, more intimate possession ofexperience. Most of the time we
breathe in air without being conscious of it: like language, it is the very
medium in which we move. But if the air is suddenly thickened or infected
we are forced to attend to our breathing with new vigilance, and the effect of
this may be a heightened experience of our bodily life. We read a scribbled
note from a friend without paying much attention to its narrative structure;
but if a story breaks off and begins again, switches constantly from one
narrative level to another and delays its climax to keep us in suspense, we
become freshly conscious of how it is constructed at the same time as our
engagement with it may be intensified. The story, as the Formalists would
argue, uses ‘impeding’ or ‘retarding’ devices to hold our attention; and in
literary language, these devices are ‘laid. bare’. It was this which moved
Viktor Shklovsky to remark mischievously of Laurence Sterne’s Tristram
Shandy, a novel which impedes its own story-line so much that it hardly gets
off the ground, that it was ‘the most typical novel in world literature’.
The Formalists, then, saw literary language as a set of deviations from a
norm, a kind of linguistic violence: literature is a ‘special’ kind of language,
in contrast to the ‘ordinary’ language we commonly use. But to spot a
deviation implies being able to identify the norm from which it swerves.
Though ‘ordinary language’ is a concept beloved of some Oxford philosophers,
the ordinary language of Oxford philosophers has little in common
with the ordinary language ofGlaswegian dockers. The language both social
groups use to write love letters usually differs from the way they talk to the
local vicar. The idea that there is a single ‘normal’ language, a common
currency shared equally by all members of society, is an illusion. Any actual
language consists of a highly complex range of discourses, differentiated
according to class, region, gender, status and so on, which can by no means
be neatly unified into a single homogeneous linguistic community. One
person’s norm may be another’s deviation: ‘ginnel’ for ‘alleyway’ may be
poetic in Brighton but ordinary language in Barnsley. Even the most ‘prosaic’
text of the fifteenth century may sound ‘poetic’ to us today because of
its archaism. If we were to stumble across an isolated scrap of writing from
some long-vanished civilization, we could not tell whether it was ‘poetry’ or
not merely by inspecting it, since we might have no access to that society’s
‘ordinary’ discourses; and even if further research were to reveal that it was
‘deviatory’, this would still not prove that it was poetry as not all linguistic
deviations are poetic. Slang, for example. We would not be able to tell just
by looking at it that it was not a piece of ‘realist’ literature, without much
Introduction: What is Literature? 5
more information about the way it actually functioned as a piece of writing
within the society in question.
It is not that the Russian Formalists did not realize all this. They recognized
that norms and deviations shifted around from one social or historical
context to another – that ‘poetry’ in this sense depends on where you happen
to be standing at the time. The fact that a piece of language was ‘estranging’
did not guarantee that it was always and everywhere so: it was estranging
only against a certain normative linguistic background, and if this altered
then the writing might cease to be perceptible as literary. If everyone used
phrases like ‘unravished bride of quietness’ in ordinary pub conversation,
this kind of language might cease to be poetic. For the Formalists, in other
words, ‘literariness’ was a function of the differential relations between one
sort of discourse and another; it was not an eternally given property. They
were not out to define ‘literature’, but ‘literariness’ – special uses of language,
which could be found in ‘literary’ texts but also in many places
outside them. Anyone who believes that ‘literature’ can be defined by such
special uses of language has to face the fact that there is more metaphor
in Manchester than there is in Marvell. There is no ‘literary’ device metonymy,
synecdoche, litotes, chiasmus and so on which is not quite
intensively used in daily discourse.
Nevertheless, the Formalists still presumed that ‘making strange’ was the
essence of the literary. It was just that they relativized this use of language,
saw it as a matter of contrast between one type of speech and another. But
what if I were to hear someone at the next pub table remark ‘This is awfully
squiggly handwriting!’ Is this ‘literary’ or ‘non-literary’ language? As a
matter of fact it is ‘literary’ language, because it comes from Knut Hamsun’s
novel Hunger. But how do I know that it is literary? It doesn’t, after all, focus
any particular attention on itself as a verbal performance. One answer to the
question of how I know that this is literary is that it comes from Knut
Hamsun’s novel Hunger. It is part of a text which I read as ‘fictional’, which
announces itself as a ‘novel’, which may be put on university literature
syllabuses and so on. The context tells me that it is literary; but the language
itself has no inherent properties or qualities which might distinguish it from
other kinds of discourse, and someone might well say this in a pub without
being admired for their literary dexterity. To think of literature as the
Formalists do is really to think of all literature as poetry. Significantly, when
the Formalists came to consider prose writing, they often simply extended to
it the kinds of technique they had used with poetry. But literature is usually
judged to contain much besides poetry to include, for example, realist
or naturalistic writing which is not linguistically self-conscious or self6
Introduction: What is Literature?
exhibiting in any striking way. People sometimes call writing ‘fine’ precisely
because it doesn’t draw undue attention to itself: they admire its laconic
plainness or low-keyed sobriety. And what about jokes, football chants and
slogans, newspaper headlines, advertisements, which are often verbally
flamboyant but not generally classified as literature?
Another problem with the ‘estrangement’ case is that there is no kind of
writing which cannot, given sufficient ingenuity, be read as estranging.
Consider a prosaic, quite unambiguous statement like the one sometimes
seen in the London Underground system: ‘Dogs must be carried on the
escalator.’ This is not perhaps quite as unambiguous as it seems at first sight:
does it mean that you mustcarry a dog on the escalator? Are you likely to be
banned from the escalator unless you can find some stray mongrel to clutch
in your arms on the way up? Many apparently straightforward notices
contain such ambiguities: ‘Refuse to be put in this basket,’ for instance, or
the British road-sign ‘Way Out’ as read by a Californian. But even leaving
such troubling ambiguities aside, it is surely obvious that the underground
notice could be read as literature. One could let oneself be arrested by the
abrupt, minatory staccato of the first ponderous monosyllables; find one’s
mind drifting, by the time it had reached the rich allusiveness of ‘carried’, to
suggestive resonances of helping lame dogs through life; and perhaps even
detect in the very lilt and inflection of the word ‘escalator’ a miming of the
rolling, up-and-down motion of the thing itself. This may well be a fruitless
sort of pursuit,but it is not significantly more fruitless than claiming to hear
the cut and thrust of the rapiers in some poetic description of a duel, and it
at least has the advantage of suggesting that ‘literature’ may be at least as
much a question of what people do to writing as of what writing does to
them. .
But even if someone were to read the notice in this way, it would still be
a matter of reading it as poetry, which is only part of what is usually included
in literature. Let us therefore consider another way of ‘misreading’ the sign
which might move us a little beyond this. Imagine a late-night drunk doubled
over the escalator handrail who reads the notice with laborious attentiveness
for several minutes and then mutters to himself ‘How true!’ What
kind of mistake is occurring here? What the drunk is doing, in fact, is taking
the sign as some statement of general, even cosmic significance. By applying
certain conventions of reading to its words, he prises them loose from their
immediate context and generalizes them beyond their pragmatic purpose to
something of wider and probably deeper import. This would certainly seem
to be one operation involved in what people call literature. When the poet
tells us that his love is like a red rose, we know by the very fact that he puts
Introduction: What is Literature? 7
this statement in metre that we are not supposed to ask whether he actually
had a lover who for some bizarre reason seemed to him to resemble a rose.
He is telling us something about women and love in general. Literature,
then, we might say, is ‘non-pragmatic’ discourse: unlike biology textbooks
and notes to the milkman it serves no immediate practical purpose, but is to
be taken as referring to a general state of affairs. Sometimes, though not
always, it may employ peculiar language as though to make this fact obvious
– to signal that what is at stake is a way oftalking about a woman, rather than
any particular real-life woman. This focusing on the way of talking, rather
than on the reality ofwhat is talked about, is sometimes taken to indicate that
we mean by literature a kind of self-referential language, a language which
talks about itself.
There are, however, problems with this way of defining literature too. For
one thing, it would probably have come as a surprise to George Orwell to
hear that his essays were to be read as though the topics he discussed were
less important than the way he discussed them. In much that is classified as
literature, the truth-value and practical relevance of what is said is considered
important to the overall effect. But even if treating discourse ‘nonpragmatically’
is part of what is meant by ‘literature’, then it follows from
this ‘definition’ that literature cannot in fact be ‘objectively’ defined. It
leaves the definition ofliterature up to how somebody decides to read, not to
the nature of what is written. There are certain kinds of writing – poems,
plays, novels – which are fairly obviously intended to be ‘non-pragmatic’ in
this sense, but this does not guarantee that they will actually be read in this
way. I might well read Gibbon’s account of the Roman empire not because
I am misguided enough to believe that it will be reliably informative about
ancient Rome but because I enjoy Gibbon’s prose style, or revel in images of
human corruption whatever their historical source. But I might read Robert
Burns’s poem because it is not clear to me, as a Japanese horticulturalist,
whether or not the red rose flourished in eighteenth-century Britain. This,
it will be said, is not reading it ‘as literature’; but am I reading Orwell’s
essays as literature only if I generalize what he says about the Spanish civil
war to some cosmic utterance about human life? It is true that many of the
works studied as literature in academic institutions were ‘constructed’ to be
read as literature, but it is also true that many of them were not. A piece of
writing may start offlife as history or philosophy and then come to be ranked
as literature; or it may start off as literature and then come to be valued for
its archaeological significance. Some texts are born literary, some achieve
literariness, and some have literariness thrust upon them. Breeding in this
respect may count for a good deal more than birth. What matters may not be
8 Introduction: What is Literature?
where you came from but how people treat you. If they decide that you are
literature then it seems that you are, irrespective of what you thought you
were.
In this sense, one can think of literature less as some inherent quality or
set of qualities displayed by certain kinds of writing all the way from Beowulf
to Virginia Woolf, than as a number of ways in which people relate themselves
to writing. It would not be easy to isolate, from all that has been variously
called ‘literature’, some constant set of inherent features. In fact it would be
as impossible as trying to identify the single distinguishing feature which all
games have in common. There is no ‘essence’ ofliterature whatsoever. Any
bit of writing may be read ‘non-pragmatically’, if that is what reading a text
as literature means, just as any writing may be read ‘poetically’. If I pore over
the railway timetable not to discover a train connection but to stimulate in
myself general reflections on the speed and complexity of modern existence,
then I might be said to be reading it as literature. John M. Ellis has argued
that the term ‘literature’ operates rather like the word ‘weed’: weeds are not
particular kinds of plant, but just any kind of plant which for some reason or
another a gardener does not want around.’ Perhaps ‘literature’ means something
like the opposite: any kind of writing which for some reason or another
somebody values highly. As the philosophers might say, ‘literature’ and
‘weed’ are functional rather than ontological terms: they tell us about what we
do, not about the fixed being of things. They tell us about the role of a text
or a thistle in a social context, its relations with and differences from its
surroundings, the ways it behaves, the purposes it may be put to and the
human practices clustered around it. ‘Literature’ is in this sense a purely
formal, empty sort of definition. Even if we claim that it is a non-pragmatic
treatment of language, we have still not arrived at an ‘essence’ of literature
because this is also so of other linguistic practices such as jokes. In any case,
it is far from clear that we can discriminate neatly between ‘practical’ and
‘non-practical’ ways of relating ourselves to language. Reading a novel for
pleasure obviously differs from reading a road sign for information, but how
about reading a biology textbook to improve your mind? Is that a ‘pragmatic’
treatment of language or not? In many societies, ‘literature’ has served
highly practical functions such as religious ones; distinguishing sharply
between ‘practical’ and ‘non-practical’ may only be possible in a society like
ours, where literature has ceased to have much practical function at all. We
may be offering as a general definition a sense of the ‘literary’ which is in fact
historically specific.
We have still not discovered the secret, then, of why Lamb, Macaulay and
Mill are literature but not, generally speaking, Bentham, Marx and Darwin.
Introduction: What is Literature? 9
Perhaps the simple answer is that the first three are examples of ‘fine
writing’, whereas the last three are not. This answer has the disadvantage of
being largely untrue, at least in my judgement, but it has the advantage of
suggesting that by and large people term ‘literature’ writing which they
think is good. An obvious objection to this is that if it were entirely true there
would be no such thing as ‘bad literature’. I may consider Lamb and
Macaulay overrated, but that does not necessarily mean that I stop regarding
them as literature. You may consider Raymond Chandler ‘good of his kind’,
but not exactly literature. On the other hand, if Macaulay were a really bad
writer – if he had no grasp at all of grammar and seemed interested in
nothing but white mice – then people might well not call his work literature
at all, even bad literature. Value-judgements would certainly seem to have a
lot to do with what is judged literature and what isn’t not necessarily in the
sense that writing has to be ‘fine’ to be literary, but that it has to be ofthe kind
that is judged fine: it may be an inferior example of a generally valued mode.
Nobody would bother to say that a bus ticket was an example of inferior
literature, but someone might well say that the poetry of Ernest Dowson
was. The term ‘fine writing’, or belles lettres, is in this sense ambiguous: it
denotes a sort of writing which is generally highly regarded, while not
necessarily committing you to the opinion that a particular specimen of it is
‘good’.
With this reservation, the suggestion that ‘literature’ is a highly valued
kind of writing is an illuminating one. But it has one fairly devastating
consequence. It means that we can drop once and for all the illusion that the
category ‘literature’ is ‘objective’, in the sense of being eternally given and
immutable. Anything can be literature, and anything which is regarded as
unalterably and unquestionably literature Shakespeare, for example can
cease to be literature. Any belief that the study of literature is the study of a
stable, well-definable entity, as entomology is the study of insects, can be
abandoned as a chimera. Some kinds of fiction are literature and some are
not; some literature is fictional and some is not; some literature is verbally
self-regarding, while some highly-wrought rhetoric is not literature. Literature,
in the sense of a set of works of assured and unalterable value, distinguished
by certain shared inherent properties, does not exist. When I use the
words ‘literary’ and ‘literature’ from here on in this book, then, I place them
under an invisible crossing-out mark, to indicate that these terms will not
really do but that we have no better ones at the moment.
The reason why it follows from the definition of literature as highly valued
writing that it is not a stable entity is that value-judgements are notoriously
variable. ‘Times change, values don’t,’ announces an advertisement
10 Introduction: What is Literature?
for a daily newspaper, as though we still believed in killing off infirm infants
or putting the mentally ill on public show. Just as people may treat a work as
philosophy in one century and as literature in the next, or vice versa, so they
may change their minds about what writing they consider valuable. They
may even change their minds about the grounds they use for judging what
is valuable and what is not. This, as I have suggested, does not necessarily
mean that they will refuse the title of literature to a work which they have
come to deem inferior: they may still call it literature, meaning roughly that
it belongs to the type of writing which they generally value. But it does mean
that the so-called ‘literary canon’, the unquestioned ‘great tradition’ of the
‘national literature’, has to be recognized as a construct, fashioned by particular
people for particular reasons at a certain time. There is no such thing as
a literary work or tradition which is valuable in itself, regardless of what
anyone might have said or come to say about it. ‘Value’ is a transitive term:
it means whatever is valued by certain people in specific situations, according
to particular criteria and in the light of given purposes. It is thus quite
possible that, given a deep enough transformation of our history, we may in
the future produce a society which is unable to get anything at all out of
Shakespeare. His works might simply seem desperately alien, full of styles of
thought and feeling which such a society found limited or irrelevant. In such
a situation, Shakespeare would be no more valuable than much present-day
graffiti. And though many people would consider such a social condition
tragically impoverished, it seems to me dogmatic not to entertain the possibility
that it might arise rather from a general human enrichment. Karl Marx
was troubled by the question of why ancient Greek art retained an ‘eternal
charm’, even though the social conditions which produced it had long
passed; but how do we know that it will remain ‘eternally’ charming, since
history has not yet ended? Let us imagine that by dint of some deft archaeological
research we discovered a great deal more about what ancient Greek
tragedy actually meant to its original audiences, recognized that these concerns
were utterly remote from our own, and began to read the plays again
in the light of this deepened knowledge. One result might be that we stopped
enjoying them. We might come to see that we had enjoyed them previously
because we were unwittingly reading them in the light of our own preoccupations;
once this became less possible, the drama might cease to speak at all
significantly to us.
The fact that we always interpret literary works to some extent in the light
of our own concerns indeed that in one sense of ‘our own concerns’ we are
incapable of doing anything else – might be one reason why certain works of
literature seem to retain their value across the centuries. It may be, of course,
Introduction: What is Literature? 11
that we still share many preoccupations with the work itself; but it may also
be that people have not actually been valuing the ‘same’ work at all, even
though they may think they have. ‘Our’ Homer is not identical with the
Homer of the Middle Ages, nor ‘our’ Shakespeare with that of his contemporaries;
it is rather that different historical periods have constructed a
‘different’ Homer and Shakespeare for their own purposes, and found in
these texts elements to value or devalue, though not necessarily the same
ones. All literary works, in other words, are ‘rewritten’, if only unconsciously,
by the societies which read them; indeed there is no reading of a
work which is not also a ‘re-writing’. No work, and no current evaluation of
it, can simply be extended to new groups of people without being changed,
perhaps almost unrecognizably, in the process; and this is one reason why
what counts as literature is a notably unstable affair.
I do not mean that it is unstable because value-judgements are ‘subjective’.
According to this view, the world is divided between solid facts ‘out
there’ like Grand Central station, and arbitrary value-judgements ‘in here’
such as liking bananas or feeling that the tone of a Yeats poem veers from
defensive hectoring to grimly resilient resignation. Facts are public and
unimpeachable, values are private and gratuitous. There is an obvious difference
between recounting a fact, such as ‘This cathedral was built in 1612,’
and registering a value-judgement, such as ‘This cathedral is a magnificent
specimen of baroque architecture.’ But suppose I made the first kind of
statement while showing an overseas visitor around England, and found that
it puzzled her considerably. Why, she might ask, do you keep telling me the
dates of the foundation of all these buildings? Why this obsession with
origins? In the society I live in, she might go on, we keep no record at all of
such events: we classify our buildings instead according to whether they face
north-west or south-east. What this might do would be to demonstrate part
of the unconscious system of value-judgements which underlies my own
descriptive statements. Such value-judgements are not necessarily of the
same kind as ‘This cathedral is a magnificent specimen of baroque architecture,’
but they are value-judgements none the less, and no factual pronouncement
I make can escape them. Statements of fact are after all
statements, which presumes a number of questionable judgements: that those
statements are worth making, perhaps more worth making than certain
others, that I am the sort of person entitled to make them and perhaps able
to guarantee their truth, that you are the kind of person worth making them
to, that something useful is accomplished by making them, and so on. A pub
conversation may well transmit information, but what also bulks large in
such dialogue is a strong element of what linguists would call the ‘phatic’, a
12 Introduction: What is Literature?
concern with the act of communication itself. In chatting to you about
the weather I am also signalling that I regard conversation with you as
valuable, that I consider you a worthwhile person to talk to, that I am not
myself anti-social or about to embark on a detailed critique of your personal
appearance.
In this sense, there is no possibility of a wholly disinterested statement.
Of course stating when a cathedral was built is reckoned to be more
disinterested in our own culture than passing an opinion about its
architecture, but one could also imagine situations in which the former
statement would be more ‘value-laden’ than the latter. Perhaps ‘baroque’
and ‘magnificent’ have come to be more or less synonymous, whereas only
a stubborn rump of us cling to the belief that the date when a building
was founded is significant, and my statement is taken as a coded way of
signalling this partisanship. All of our descriptive statements move within an
often invisible network of value-categories, and indeed without such categories
we would have nothing to say to each other at all. It is not just as though
we have something called factual knowledge which may then be distorted by
particular interests and judgements, although this is certainly possible; it is
also that without particular interests we would have no knowledge at all,
because we would not see the point of bothering to get to know anything.
Interests are constitutive of our knowledge, not merely prejudices which
imperil it. The claim that knowledge should be ‘value-free’ is itself a
value-judgement.
It may well be that a liking for bananas is a merely private matter, though
this is in fact questionable. A thorough analysis of my tastes in food would
probably reveal how deeply relevant they are to certain formative experiences
in early childhood, to my relations with my parents and siblings and to
a good many other cultural factors which are quite as social and ‘non-
. subjective’ as railway stations. This is even more true of that fundamental
structure of beliefs and interests which I am born into as a member of a
particular society, such as the belief that I should try to keep in good health,
that differences of sexual role are rooted in human biology or that human
beings are more important than crocodiles. We may disagree on this or that,
but we can only do so because we share certain ‘deep’ ways of seeing and
valuing which are bound up with our social life, and which could not be
changed without transforming that life. Nobody will penalize me heavily if
I dislike a particular Donne poem, but if I argue that Donne is not literature
at all then in certain circumstances I might risk losing my job. I am free to
vote Labour or Conservative, but if I try to act on the belief that this choice
itself merely masks a deeper prejudice – the prejudice that the meaning of
Introduction: What is Literature? 13
democracy is confined to putting a cross on a ballot paper every few years then
in certain unusual circumstances I might end up in prison.
The largely concealed structure of values which informs and underlies
our factual statements is part of what is meant by ‘ideology’. By ‘ideology’ I
mean, roughly, the ways in which what we say and believe connects with the
power-structure and power-relations of the society we live in. It follows
from such a rough definition of ideology that not all of our underlying
judgements and categories can usefully be said to be ideological. It is deeply
ingrained in us to imagine ourselves moving forwards into the future (at least
one other society sees itself as moving backwards into it), but though this
way of seeing may connect significantly with the power-structure of our
society, it need not always and everywhere do so. I do nO,t mean by ‘ideology’
simply the deeply entrenched, often unconscious beliefs which people hold;
I mean more particularly those modes of feeling, valuing, perceiving and
believing which have some kind of relation to the maintenance and reproduction
of social power. The fact that such beliefs are by no means merely
private quirks may be illustrated by a literary example.
In his famous study Practical Criticism (1929), the Cambridge critic I. A.
Richards sought to demonstrate just how whimsical and subjective literary
value-judgements could actually be by giving his undergraduates a set of
poems, withholding from them the titles and authors’ names, and asking
them to evaluate them. The resulting judgements, notoriously, were highly
variable: time-honoured poets were marked down and obscure authors celebrated.
To my mind, however, much the most interesting aspect of this
project, and one apparently quite invisible to Richards himself, is just how
tight a consensus of unconscious valuations underlies these particular differences
of opinion. Reading Richards’ undergraduates’ accounts of literary
works, one is struck by the habits of perception and interpretation which
they spontaneously share what they expect literature to be, what assumptions
they bring to a poem and what fulfilments they anticipate they will
derive from it. None of this is really surprising: for all the participants in this
experiment were, presumably, young, white, upper- or upper-middle-class,
privately educated English people of the 1920s, and how they responded to
a poem depended on a good deal more than purely ‘literary’ factors. Their
critical responses were deeply entwined with their broader prejudices and
beliefs. This is not a matter of blame: there is no critical response which is
not so entwined, and thus no such thing as a ‘pure’ literary critical judgement
or interpretation. If anybody is to be blamed it is I. A. Richards
himself, who as a young, white, upper-middle-class male Cambridge don
was unable to objectify a context of interests which he himselflargely shared,
14 Introduction: What is Literature?
and was thus unable to recognize fully that local, ‘subjective’ differences of
evaluation work within a particular, socially structured way of perceiving the
world.
If it will not do to see literature as an ‘objective’, descriptive category,
neither will it do to say that literature is just what people whimsically choose
to call literature. For there is nothing at all whimsical about such kinds of
value-judgement: they have their roots in deeper structures of belief which
are as apparently unshakeable as the Empire State building. What we have
uncovered so far, then, is not only that literature does not exist in the sense
that insects do, and that the value-judgements by which it is constituted are
historically variable, but that these value-judgements themselves have a
close relation to social ideologies. They refer in the end not simply to private
taste, but to the assumptions by which certain social groups exercise and
maintain power over others. If this seems a far-fetched assertion, a matter of
private prejudice, we may test it out by an account of the rise of ‘literature’
in England.

 

Download .pdf sau .doc

Dada and Surrealism – A Very Short Introduction

Autor: David Hopkins
Editura: Oxford University Press

The avant-garde movements of Dada and Surrealism continue to have a huge influence on cultural practice, especially in contemporary art, with its obsession with sexuality, fetishism, and shock tactics. In this new treatment of the subject, Hopkins focuses on the many debates surrounding these movements: the Marquis de Sade’s Surrealist deification, issues of quality (How good is Dali?), the idea of the ‘readymade’, attitudes towards the city, the impact of Freud, attitudes to women, fetishism, and primitivism. The international nature of these movements is examined, covering the cities of Zurich, New York, Berlin, Cologne, Barcelona, Paris, London, and recenlty discovered examples in Eastern Europe. Hopkins explores the huge range of media employed by both Dada and Surrealism (collage, painting, found objects, performance art, photography, film) , whilst at the same time establishing the aesthetic differences between the movements. He also examines the Dadaist obsession with the body-as-mechanism in relation to the Surrealists’ return to the fetishized/eroticized body.

text integral: aici sau aici

My Name is Red, Orhan Pamuk

450 pages

My Name is Red is a Turkish novel by Nobel laureate author Orhan Pamuk.
The main characters in the novel are miniaturists in the Ottoman Empire, and the events revolve around the murder of one of the painters, as related in the first chapter. From then on Pamuk, in a postmodern style reminiscent of Borges, plays with and teases the reader and literature in general.

The novel’s narrator changes in every chapter, and in addition to character-narrators, the reader will find unexpected voices such as the corpse of the murdered, a coin, several painting motifs, and the color red. The novel blends mystery, romance, and philosophical puzzles, opening a window on the reign of Ottoman Sultan Murat III during nine snowy winter days in the Istanbul of 1591.

TEXT:

My Name is Red

Orhan Pamuk

2

You slew a man and then fell out with one another concerning him.

Koran, The Cow.

The blind and the seeing are not equal.

Koran, The Creator.”

To God belongs the East and the West.

3

I AM A CORPSE

I am nothing but a corpse now, a body at the bottom of a well. Though I drew

my last breath long ago and my heart has stopped beating, no one, apart from

that vile murderer, knows whats happened to me. As for that wretch, he felt

for my pulse and listened for my breath to be sure I was dead, then kicked me

in the midriff, carried me to the edge of the well, raised me up and dropped

me below. As I fell, my head, which hed smashed with a stone, broke apart;

my face, my forehead and cheeks, were crushed; my bones shattered, and my

mouth filled with blood.

For nearly four days I have been missing: My wife and children must be

searching for me; my daughter, spent from crying, must be staring fretfully at

the courtyard gate. Yes, I know theyre all at the window, hoping for my

return.

But, are they truly waiting? I cant even be sure of that. Maybe theyve

gotten used to my absencehow dismal! For here, on the other side, one gets

the feeling that ones former life persists. Before my birth there was infinite

time, and after my death, inexhaustible time. I never thought of it before: Id

been living luminously between two eternities of darkness.

I was happy; I know now that Id been happy. I made the best illuminations

in Our Sultans workshop; no one could rival my mastery. Through the work I

did privately, I earned nine hundred silver coins a month, which, naturally,

only makes all of this even harder to bear.

I was responsible for painting and embellishing books. I illuminated the

edges of pages, coloring their borders with the most lifelike designs of leaves,

branches, roses, flowers and birds. I painted scalloped Chinese-style clouds,

clusters of overlapping vines and forests of color that hid gazelles, galleys,

sultans, trees, palaces, horses and hunters. In my youth, I would decorate a

plate, or the back of a mirror, or a chest, or at times, the ceiling of a mansion

or of a Bosphorus manor, or even, a wooden spoon. In later years, however, I

only worked on manuscript pages because Our Sultan paid well for them. I

cant say it seems insignificant now. You know the value of money even when

youre dead.

After hearing the miracle of my voice, you might think, Who cares what

you earned when you were alive? Tell us what you see. Is there life after death?

Wheres your soul? What about Heaven and Hell? Whats death like? Are you

in pain?Youre right, the living are extremely curious about the Afterlife.

4

Maybe youve heard the story of the man who was so driven by this curiosity

that he roamed among soldiers in battlefields. He sought a man whod died

and returned to life amid the wounded struggling for their lives in pools of

blood, a soldier who could tell him about the secrets of the Otherworld. But

one of Tamerlanes warriors, taking the seeker for the enemy, cleaved him in

half with a smooth stroke of his scimitar, causing him to conclude that in the

Hereafter man gets split in two.

Nonsense! Quite the opposite, Id even say that souls divided in life merge

in the Hereafter. Contrary to the claims of sinful infidels whove fallen under

the sway of the Devil, there is indeed another world, thank God, and the proof

is that Im speaking to you from here. Ive died, but as you can plainly tell, I

havent ceased to be. Granted, I must confess, I havent encountered the rivers

flowing beside the silver and gold kiosks of Heaven, the broad-leaved trees

bearing plump fruit and the beautiful virgins mentioned in the Glorious

Koranthough I do very well recall how often and enthusiastically I made

pictures of those wide-eyed houris described in the chapter That Which Is

Coming.Nor is there a trace of those rivers of milk, wine, fresh water and

honey described with such flourish, not in the Koran, but by visionary

dreamers like Ibn Arabi. But I have no intention of tempting the faith of those

who live rightfully through their hopes and visions of the Otherworld, so let

me declare that all Ive seen relates specifically to my own very personal

circumstances. Any believer with even a little knowledge of life after death

would know that a malcontent in my state would be hard-pressed to see the

rivers of Heaven.

In short, I, who am known as Master Elegant Effendi, am dead, but I have

not been buried, and therefore my soul has not completely left my body. This

extraordinary situation, although naturally my case isnt the first, has inflicted

horrible suffering upon the immortal part of me. Though I cannot feel my

crushed skull or my decomposing body covered in wounds, full of broken

bones and partially submerged in ice-cold water, I do feel the deep torment of

my soul struggling desperately to escape its mortal coil. Its as if the whole

world, along with my body, were contracting into a bolus of anguish.

I can only compare this contraction to the surprising sense of release I felt

during the unequaled moment of my death. Yes, I instantly understood that

the wretch wanted to kill me when he unexpectedly struck me with a stone

and cracked my skull, but I didnt believe hed follow through. I suddenly

realized I was a hopeful man, something I hadnt been aware of while living

my life in the shadows between workshop and household. I clung passionately

5

to life with my nails, my fingers and my teeth, which I sank into his skin. I

wont bore you with the painful details of the subsequent blows I received.

When in the course of this agony I knew I would die, an incredible feeling

of relief filled me. I felt this relief during the moment of departure; my arrival

to this side was soothing, like the dream of seeing oneself asleep. The snowand

mud-covered shoes of my murderer were the last things I noticed. I closed

my eyes as if I were going to sleep, and I gently passed over.

My present complaint isnt that my teeth have fallen like nuts into my

bloody mouth, or even that my face has been maimed beyond recognition, or

that Ive been abandoned in the depths of a wellits that everyone assumes

Im still alive. My troubled soul is anguished that my family and intimates,

who, yes, think of me often, imagine me engaged in trivial dealings somewhere

in Istanbul, or even chasing after another woman. Enough! Find my body

without delay, pray for me and have me buried. Above all, find my murderer!

For even if you bury me in the most magnificent of tombs, so long as that

wretch remains free, Ill writhe restlessly in my grave, waiting and infecting

you all with faithlessness. Find that son-of-a-whore murderer and Ill tell you

in detail just what I see in the Afterlifebut know this, after hes caught, he

must be tortured by slowly splintering eight or ten of his bones, preferably his

ribs, with a vise before piercing his scalp with skewers made especially for the

task by torturers and plucking out his disgusting, oily hair, strand by strand, so

he shrieks each time.

Who is this murderer who vexes me so? Why has he killed me in such a

surprising way? Be curious and mindful of these matters. You say the world is

full of base and worthless criminals? Perhaps this one did it, perhaps that one?

In that case let me caution you: My death conceals an appalling conspiracy

against our religion, our traditions and the way we see the world. Open your

eyes, discover why the enemies of the life in which you believe, of the life

youre living, and of Islam, have destroyed me. Learn why one day they might

do the same to you. One by one, everything predicted by the great preacher

Nusret Hoja of Erzurum, to whom Ive tearfully listened, is coming to pass. Let

me say also that if the situation into which weve fallen were described in a

book, even the most expert of miniaturists could never hope to illustrate it. As

with the KoranGod forbid Im misunderstoodthe staggering power of

such a book arises from the impossibility of its being depicted. I doubt youve

fully comprehended this fact.

Listen to me. When I was an apprentice, I too feared and thus ignored

underlying truths and voices from beyond. Id joke about such matters. But

6

Ive ended up in the depths of this deplorable well! It could happen to you, be

wary. Now, Ive nothing left to do but hope for my thorough decay, so they

can find me by tracing my stench. Ive nothing to do but hopeand imagine

the torture that some benevolent man will inflict upon that beastly murderer

once hes been caught.

7

I AM CALLED BLACK

After an absence of twelve years I entered Istanbul like a sleepwalker. The

earth called to him,they say of men who are about to die, and in my case, it

was death that drew me back to the city where Id been born and raised.

When I first returned, I thought there was only death; later, I would also

encounter love. Love, however, was a distant and forgotten thing, like my

memories of having lived in the city. It was in Istanbul, twelve years ago, that I

fell helplessly in love with my young cousin.

Four years after I first left Istanbul, while traveling through the endless

steppes, snow-covered mountains and melancholy cities of Persia, carrying

letters and collecting taxes, I admitted to myself that I was slowly forgetting

the face of the childhood love Id left behind. With growing panic, I tried

desperately to remember her, only to realize that despite love, a face long not

seen finally fades. During the sixth year I spent in the East, traveling or

working as a secretary in the service of pashas, I knew that the face I imagined

was no longer that of my beloved. Later, in the eighth year, I forgot what Id

mistakenly called to mind in the sixth, and again visualized a completely

different countenance. In this way, by the twelfth year, when I returned to my

city at the age of thirty-six, I was painfully aware that my beloveds face had

long since escaped me.

Many of my friends and relatives had died during my twelve-year exile. I

visited the cemetery overlooking the Golden Horn and prayed for my mother

and for the uncles whod passed away in my absence. The earthy smell of mud

mingled with my memories. Someone had broken an earthenware pitcher

beside my mothers grave. For whatever reason, gazing at the broken pieces, I

began to cry. Was I crying for the dead or because I was, strangely, still only at

the beginning of my life after all these years? Or was it because Id come to the

end of my lifes journey? A faint snow fell. Entranced by the flakes blowing

here and there, I became so lost in the vagaries of my life that I didnt notice

the black dog staring at me from a dark corner of the cemetery.

My tears subsided. I wiped my nose. I saw the black dog wagging its tail in

friendship as I left the cemetery. Sometime later, I settled into our

neighborhood, renting one of the houses where a relative on my fathers side

once lived. It seems I reminded the landlady of her son whod been killed by

Safavid Persian soldiers at the front and so she agreed to clean the house and

cook for me.

TEXT INTEGRAL:

.DOC

.PDF1 ori PDF2 sau PDF3

Flatland

Flatland by Edwin A. Abbott
1884

To
The Inhabitance of SPACE IN GENERAL
And H.C. IN PARTICULAR
This Work is Dedicated
By a Humble Native of Flatland
In the Hope that
Even as he was Initiated into the Mysteries
Of THREE DIMENSIONS
Having been previously conversant
With ONLY TWO
So the Citizens of that Celestial Region
May aspire yet higher and higher
To the Secrets of FOUR FIVE or EVEN SIX Dimensions
Thereby contributing
To the Enlargment of THE IMAGINATION
And the possible Development
Of that most and excellent Gift of MODESTY
Among the Superior Races
Of SOLID HUMANITY

***

FLATLAND

PART 1

THIS WORLD

SECTION 1  Of the Nature of Flatland

I call our world Flatland, not because we call it so,
but to make its nature clearer to you, my happy readers,
who are privileged to live in Space.

Imagine a vast sheet of paper on which straight Lines,
Triangles, Squares, Pentagons, Hexagons, and other figures,
instead of remaining fixed in their places, move freely about,
on or in the surface, but without the power of rising above
or sinking below it, very much like shadows--only hard
with luminous edges--and you will then have a pretty correct
notion of my country and countrymen.  Alas, a few years ago,
I should have said "my universe:"  but now my mind has been
opened to higher views of things.

In such a country, you will perceive at once that it is
impossible that there should be anything of what you call
a "solid" kind; but I dare say you will suppose that
we could at least distinguish by sight the Triangles, Squares,
and other figures, moving about as I have described them.
On the contrary, we could see nothing of the kind,
not at least so as to distinguish one figure from another.
Nothing was visible, nor could be visible, to us,
except Straight Lines; and the necessity of this
I will speedily demonstrate.

Place a penny on the middle of one of your tables in Space; and
leaning over it, look down upon it.  It will appear a circle.

But now, drawing back to the edge of the table, gradually lower
your eye (thus bringing yourself more and more into the condition
of the inhabitants of Flatland), and you will find the penny
becoming more and more oval to your view, and at last when you
have placed your eye exactly on the edge of the table
(so that you are, as it were, actually a Flatlander)
the penny will then have ceased to appear oval at all,
and will have become, so far as you can see, a straight line.

The same thing would happen if you were to treat
in the same way a Triangle, or a Square, or any other figure
cut out from pasteboard.  As soon as you look at it with your eye
on the edge of the table, you will find that it ceases to appear
to you as a figure, and that it becomes in appearance a straight line.
Take for example an equilateral Triangle--who represents with us
a Tradesman of the respectable class.  Figure 1 represents
the Tradesman as you would see him while you were bending over
him from above; figures 2 and 3 represent the Tradesman,
as you would see him if your eye were close to the level,
or all but on the level of the table; and if your eye were
quite on the level of the table (and that is how we see him
in Flatland) you would see nothing but a straight line.

When I was in Spaceland I heard that your sailors
have very similar experiences while they traverse
your seas and discern some distant island or coast
lying on the horizon.  The far-off land may have bays,
forelands, angles in and out to any number and extent;
yet at a distance you see none of these (unless indeed
your sun shines bright upon them revealing the projections
and retirements by means of light and shade), nothing but
a grey unbroken line upon the water.

Well, that is just what we see when one of our triangular
or other acquaintances comes towards us in Flatland.
As there is neither sun with us, nor any light of such
a kind as to make shadows, we have none of the helps
to the sight that you have in Spaceland.
If our friend comes closer to us we see
his line becomes larger; if he leaves us
it becomes smaller; but still he looks like
a straight line; be he a Triangle, Square,
Pentagon, Hexagon, Circle, what you will--
a straight Line he looks and nothing else.

You may perhaps ask how under these disadvantagous circumstances
we are able to distinguish our friends from one another:
but the answer to this very natural question will be more fitly
and easily given when I come to describe the inhabitants of Flatland.
For the present let me defer this subject, and say a word or two
about the climate and houses in our country. 

SECTION 2  Of the Climate and Houses in Flatland

As with you, so also with us, there are four points
of the compass North, South, East, and West.

There being no sun nor other heavenly bodies, it is impossible
for us to determine the North in the usual way; but we have
a method of our own.  By a Law of Nature with us,
there is a constant attraction to the South;
and, although in temperate climates this is very slight--
so that even a Woman in reasonable health can journey
several furlongs northward without much difficulty--
yet the hampering effort of the southward attraction
is quite sufficient to serve as a compass in most parts
of our earth.  Moreover, the rain (which falls
at stated intervals) coming always from the North,
is an additional assistance; and in the towns
we have the guidance of the houses,
which of course have their side-walls
running for the most part North and South,
so that the roofs may keep off the rain from the North.
In the country, where there are no houses,
the trunks of the trees serve as some sort of guide.
Altogether, we have not so much difficulty as might
be expected in determining our bearings.

Yet in our more temperate regions, in which
the southward attraction is hardly felt,
walking sometimes in a perfectly desolate plain
where there have been no houses nor trees to guide me,
I have been occasionally compelled to remain stationary
for hours together, waiting till the rain came
before continuing my journey.  On the weak and aged,
and especially on delicate Females, the force of attraction
tells much more heavily than on the robust of the Male Sex,
so that it is a point of breeding, if you meet a Lady on the street,
always to give her the North side of the way--by no means
an easy thing to do always at short notice when you are
in rude health and in a climate where it is difficult
to tell your North from your South.

Windows there are none in our houses:  for the light
comes to us alike in our homes and out of them,
by day and by night, equally at all times and in all places,
whence we know not.  It was in old days, with our learned men,
an interesting and oft-investigate question,
"What is the origin of light?" and the solution of it
has been repeatedly attempted, with no other result
than to crowd our lunatic asylums with the would-be solvers.
Hence, after fruitless attempts to suppress such investigations
indirectly by making them liable to a heavy tax, the Legislature,
in comparatively recent times, absolutely prohibited them.
I--alas, I alone in Flatland--know now only too well
the true solution of this mysterious problem;
but my knowledge cannot be made intelligible
to a single one of my countrymen; and I am mocked at
--I, the sole possessor of the truths of Space
and of the theory of the introduction of Light
from the world of three Dimensions--as if I were
the maddest of the mad!  But a truce to these painful
digressions:  let me return to our homes. 

The most common form for the construction of a house
is five-sided or pentagonal, as in the annexed figure.
The two Northern sides RO, OF, constitute the roof,
and for the most part have no doors; on the East is
a small door for the Women; on the West a much larger
one for the Men; the South side or floor is usually doorless.

Square and triangular houses are not allowed,
and for this reason.  The angles of a Square
(and still more those of an equilateral Triangle,)
being much more pointed than those of a Pentagon,
and the lines of inanimate objects (such as houses)
being dimmer than the lines of Men and Women,
it follows that there is no little danger
lest the points of a square of triangular house
residence might do serious injury to an inconsiderate
or perhaps absentminded traveller suddenly running against them:
and therefore, as early as the eleventh century of our era,
triangular houses were universally forbidden by Law,
the only exceptions being fortifications, powder-magazines,
barracks, and other state buildings, which is not desirable
that the general public should approach without circumspection.

At this period, square houses were still everywhere permitted,
though discouraged by a special tax.  But, about three centuries
afterwards, the Law decided that in all towns containing a population
above ten thousand, the angle of a Pentagon was the smallest
house-angle that could be allowed consistently with the public safety.
The good sense of the community has seconded the efforts of the
Legislature; and now, even in the country, the pentagonal construction
has superseded every other.  It is only now and then in some very
remote and backward agricultural district that an antiquarian may
still discover a square house.

SECTION 3  Concerning the Inhabitants of Flatland

The greatest length or breadth of a full grown inhabitant
of Flatland may be estimated at about eleven of your inches.
Twelve inches may be regarded as a maximum.

Our Women are Straight Lines.

Our Soldiers and Lowest Class of Workmen are Triangles
with two equal sides, each about eleven inches long,
and a base or third side so short (often not exceeding
half an inch) that they form at their vertices
a very sharp and formidable angle.  Indeed when their bases
are of the most degraded type (not more than the eighth part
of an inch in size), they can hardly be distinguished from
Straight lines or Women; so extremely pointed are their vertices.
With us, as with you, these Triangles are distinguished
from others by being called Isosceles; and by this name
I shall refer to them in the following pages.

Our Middle Class consists of Equilateral or Equal-Sided Triangles.

Our Professional Men and Gentlemen are Squares (to which class
I myself belong) and Five-Sided Figures or Pentagons.

Next above these come the Nobility, of whom there
are several degrees, beginning at Six-Sided Figures,
or Hexagons, and from thence rising in the number of their
sides till they receive the honourable title of Polygonal,
or many-Sided. Finally when the number of the sides becomes so numerous,
and the sides themselves so small, that the figure cannot be
distinguished from a circle, he is included in the Circular
or Priestly order; and this is the highest class of all.

It is a Law of Nature with us that a male child shall have
one more side than his father, so that each generation
shall rise (as a rule) one step in the scale of development
and nobility. Thus the son of a Square is a Pentagon;
the son of a Pentagon, a Hexagon; and so on. 

But this rule applies not always to the Tradesman,
and still less often to the Soldiers, and to the Workmen;
who indeed can hardly be said to deserve the name of human Figures,
since they have not all their sides equal.  With them therefore
the Law of Nature does not hold; and the son of an Isosceles
(i.e. a Triangle with two sides equal) remains Isosceles still.
Nevertheless, all hope is not such out, even from the Isosceles,
that his posterity may ultimately rise above his degraded condition.
For, after a long series of military successes, or diligent
and skillful labours, it is generally found that the more
intelligent among the Artisan and Soldier classes manifest
a slight increase of their third side or base, and a shrinkage
of the two other sides.  Intermarriages (arranged by the Priests)
between the sons and daughters of these more intellectual
members of the lower classes generally result in an offspring
approximating still more to the type of the Equal-Sided Triangle.

Rarely--in proportion to the vast numbers of Isosceles births--
is a genuine and certifiable Equal-Sided Triangle produced from
Isosceles parents (footnote 1).  Such a birth requires, as its
antecedents, not only a series of carefully arranged intermarriages,
but also a long-continued exercise of frugality and self-control
on the part of the would-be ancestors of the coming Equilateral,
and a patient, systematic, and continuous development of the Isosceles
intellect through many generations.

The birth of a True Equilateral Triangle from Isosceles parents
is the subject of rejoicing in our country for many furlongs round. 
After a strict examination conducted by the Sanitary and Social Board,
the infant, if certified as Regular, is with solemn ceremonial
admitted into the class of Equilaterals.  He is then immediately
taken from his proud yet sorrowing parents and adopted by some
childless Equilateral, who is bound by oath never to permit
the child henceforth to enter his former home or so much
as to look upon his relations again, for fear lest the freshly
developed organism may, by force of unconscious imitation,
fall back again into his hereditary level.

The occasional emergence of an Equilateral from the ranks
of his serf-born ancestors is welcomed, not only by the poor
serfs themselves, as a gleam of light and hope shed upon
the monotonous squalor of their existence, but also by
the Aristocracy at large; for all the higher classes
are well aware that these rare phenomena, while they
do little or nothing to vulgarize their own privileges,
serve as almost useful barrier against revolution from below.

Had the acute-angled rabble been all, without exception,
absolutely destitute of hope and of ambition, they might
have found leaders in some of their many seditious outbreaks,
so able as to render their superior numbers and strength
too much even for the wisdom of the Circles.
But a wise ordinance of Nature has decreed that
in proportion as the working-classes increase in intelligence,
knowledge, and all virtue, in that same proportion their
acute angle (which makes them physically terrible)
shall increase also and approximate to their
comparatively harmless angle of the Equilateral Triangle.
Thus, in the most brutal and formidable off the soldier class--
creatures almost on a level with women in their lack of intelligence--
it is found that, as they wax in the mental ability necessary
to employ their tremendous penetrating power to advantage,
so do they wane in the power of penetration itself.

How admirable is the Law of Compensation!  And how perfect
a proof of the natural fitness and, I may almost say,
the divine origin of the aristocratic constitution
of the States of Flatland!  By a judicious use of this
Law of Nature, the Polygons and Circles are almost always
able to stifle sedition in its very cradle, taking advantage
of the irrepressible and boundless hopefulness of the human mind.
Art also comes to the aid of Law and Order.  It is generally
found possible--by a little artificial compression or expansion
on the part of the State physicians--to make some of the more
intelligent leaders of a rebellion perfectly Regular,
and to admit them at once into the privileged classes;
a much larger number, who are still below the standard,
allured by the prospect of being ultimately ennobled,
are induced to enter the State Hospitals, where they
are kept in honourable confinement for life;
one or two alone of the most obstinate, foolish,
and hopelessly irregular are led to execution.

Then the wretched rabble of the Isosceles, planless
and leaderless, are either transfixed without resistance
by the small body of their brethren whom the Chief Circle
keeps in pay for emergencies of this kind; or else more often,
by means of jealousies and suspicious skillfully fomented
among them by the Circular party, they are stirred to mutual warfare,
and perish by one another's angles.  No less than one hundred
and twenty rebellions are recorded in our annals, besides minor
outbreaks numbered at two hundred and thirty-five;
and they have all ended thus.

Footnote 1.
"What need of a certificate?" a Spaceland critic may ask: 
"Is not the procreation of a Square Son a certificate
from Nature herself, proving the Equal-sidedness of the Father?"
I reply that no Lady of any position will mary an uncertified Triangle.
Square offspring has sometimes resulted from a slightly Irregular Triangle;
but in almost every such case the Irregularity of the first generation
is visited on the third; which either fails to attain the Pentagonal rank,
or relapses to the Triangular. 

SECTION 4  Concerning the Women

If our highly pointed Triangles of the Soldier class are formidable,
it may be readily inferred that far more formidable are our Women.
For, if a Soldier is a wedge, a Woman is a needle; being, so to speak,
ALL point, at least at the two extremities.  Add to this the power
of making herself practically invisible at will, and you will perceive
that a Female, in Flatland, is a creature by no means to be trifled with.

But here, perhaps, some of my younger Readers may ask HOW a woman
in Flatland can make herself invisible.  This ought, I think,
to be apparent without any explanation.  However, a few words
will make it clear to the most unreflecting.

Place a needle on the table.  Then, with your eye on the level of
the table, look at it side-ways, and you see the whole length of it;
but look at it end-ways, and you see nothing but a point,
it has become practically invisible.  Just so is it with one of our Women.
When her side is turned towards us, we see her as a straight line;
when the end containing her eye or mouth--for with us these
two organs are identical--is the part that meets our eye,
then we see nothing but a highly lustrous point;
but when the back is presented to our view,
then--being only sub-lustrous, and, indeed,
almost as dim as an inanimate object--her hinder
extremity serves her as a kind of Invisible Cap.

The dangers to which we are exposed from our Women must
now be manifest to the meanest capacity of Spaceland.
If even the angle of a respectable Triangle in the
middle class is not without its dangers;
if to run against a Working Man involves a gash;
if collision with an Officer of the military class
necessitates a serious wound; if a mere touch from
the vertex of a Private Soldier brings with it danger of death;
--what can it be to run against a woman, except absolute
and immediate destruction?  And when a Woman is invisible,
or visible only as a dim sub-lustrous point,
how difficult must it be, even for the most cautious,
always to avoid collision!

Many are the enactments made at different times in the different
States of Flatland, in order to minimize this peril;
and in the Southern and less temperate climates,
where the force of gravitation is greater,
and human beings more liable to casual
and involuntary motions, the Laws concerning
Women are naturally much more stringent.
But a general view of the Code may be obtained
from the following summary:--

1.  Every house shall have one entrance on the Eastern side,
for the use of Females only; by which all females shall enter
"in a becoming and respectful manner" (footnote 1) and not
by the Men's or Western door.

2.  No Female shall walk in any public place without continually
keeping up her Peace-cry, under penalty of death.

3.  Any Female, duly certified to be suffering from
St. Vitus's Dance, fits, chronic cold accompanied
by violent sneezing, or any disease necessitating
involuntary motions, shall be instantly destroyed.

In some of the States there is an additional Law
forbidding Females, under penalty of death,
from walking or standing in any public place
without moving their backs constantly from
right to left so as to indicate their presence
to those behind them; other oblige a Woman,
when travelling, to be followed by one of her sons,
or servants, or by her husband; others confine
Women altogether in their houses except during
the religious festivals.  But it has been found
by the wisest of our Circles or Statesmen
that the multiplication of restrictions on Females
tends not only to the debilitation and diminution
of the race, but also to the increase of domestic
murders to such an extent that a State loses
more than it gains by a too prohibitive Code.

For whenever the temper of the Women is thus exasperated
by confinement at home or hampering regulations abroad,
they are apt to vent their spleen upon their husbands and children;
and in the less temperate climates the whole male population
of a village has been sometimes destroyed in one or two hours
of a simultaneous female outbreak.  Hence the Three Laws,
mentioned above, suffice for the better regulated States,
and may be accepted as a rough exemplification of our Female Code.

After all, our principal safeguard is found, not in Legislature,
but in the interests of the Women themselves.  For, although they
can inflict instantaneous death by a retrograde movement,
yet unless they can at once disengage their stinging extremity
from the struggling body of their victim, their own frail bodies
are liable to be shattered.

The power of Fashion is also on our side.  I pointed out that
in some less civilized States no female is suffered to stand
in any public place without swaying her back from right to left.
This practice has been universal among ladies of any pretensions
to breeding in all well-governed States, as far back as the memory
of Figures can reach.  It is considered a disgrace to any state
that legislation should have to enforce what ought to be,
and is in every respectable female, a natural instinct.
The rhythmical and, if I may so say, well-modulated undulation
of the back in our ladies of Circular rank is envied and imitated
by the wife of a common Equilateral, who can achieve nothing beyond
a mere monotonous swing, like the ticking of a pendulum;
and the regular tick of the Equilateral is no less admired
and copied by the wife of the progressive and aspiring Isosceles,
in the females of whose family no "back-motion" of any kind
has become as yet a necessity of life.  Hence, in every family
of position and consideration, "back motion" is as prevalent
as time itself; and the husbands and sons in these households
enjoy immunity at least from invisible attacks.

Not that it must be for a moment supposed that our Women are
destitute of affection.  But unfortunately the passion of the
moment predominates, in the Frail Sex, over every other consideration.
This is, of course, a necessity arising from their unfortunate
conformation.  For as they have no pretensions to an angle,
being inferior in this respect to the very lowest of the Isosceles,
they are consequently wholly devoid of brainpower, and have
neither reflection, judgment nor forethought, and hardly any memory.
Hence, in their fits of fury, they remember no claims and recognize
no distinctions.  I have actually known a case where a Woman
has exterminated her whole household, and half an hour afterwards,
when her rage was over and the fragments swept away,
has asked what has become of her husband and children.

Obviously then a Woman is not to be irritated as long as she
is in a position where she can turn round.  When you have them
in their apartments--which are constructed with a view
to denying them that power--you can say and do what you like;
for they are then wholly impotent for mischief, and will
not remember a few minutes hence the incident for which
they may be at this moment threatening you with death,
nor the promises which you may have found it necessary
to make in order to pacify their fury.

On the whole we got on pretty smoothly in our domestic relations,
except in the lower strata of the Military Classes.  There the want
of tact and discretion on the part of the husbands produces at times
indescribable disasters.  Relying too much on the offensive weapons
of their acute angles instead of the defensive organs of good sense
and seasonable simulations, these reckless creatures too often neglect
the prescribed construction of the women's apartments, or irritate
their wives by ill-advised expressions out of doors, which they
refuse immediately to retract.  Moreover a blunt and stolid regard
for literal truth indisposes them to make those lavish promises
by which the more judicious Circle can in a moment pacify his consort.
The result is massacre; not, however, without its advantages,
as it eliminates the more brutal and troublesome of the Isosceles;
and by many of our Circles the destructiveness of the Thinner Sex
is regarded as one among many providential arrangements for suppressing
redundant population, and nipping Revolution in the bud.

Yet even in our best regulated and most approximately Circular
families I cannot say that the ideal of family life is so high
as with you in Spaceland.  There is peace, in so far as the absence
of slaughter may be called by that name, but there is necessarily
little harmony of tastes or pursuits; and the cautious wisdom
of the Circles has ensured safety at the cost of domestic comfort.
In every Circular or Polygonal household it has been a habit
from time immemorial--and now has become a kind of instinct
among the women of our higher classes--that the mothers and daughters
should constantly keep their eyes and mouths towards their husband
and his male friends; and for a lady in a family of distinction
to turn her back upon her husband would be regarded as a kind of portent,
involving loss of STATUS.  But, as I shall soon shew, this custom,
though it has the advantage of safety, is not without disadvantages.

In the house of the Working Man or respectable Tradesman--where the
wife is allowed to turn her back upon her husband, while pursuing
her household avocations--there are at least intervals of quiet,
when the wife is neither seen nor heard, except for the humming sound
of the continuous Peace-cry; but in the homes of the upper classes
there is too often no peace.  There the voluble mouth and bright
penetrating eye are ever directed toward the Master of the household;
and light itself is not more persistent than the stream of Feminine
discourse.  The tact and skill which suffice to avert a Woman's sting
are unequal to the task of stopping a Woman's mouth; and as the wife
has absolutely nothing to say, and absolutely no constraint of wit,
sense, or conscience to prevent her from saying it, not a few cynics
have been found to aver that they prefer the danger of the death-dealing
but inaudible sting to the safe sonorousness of a Woman's other end.

To my readers in Spaceland the condition of our Women may seen
truly deplorable, and so indeed it is.  A Male of the lowest type
of the Isosceles may look forward to some improvement of his angle,
and to the ultimate elevation of the whole of his degraded caste;
but no Woman can entertain such hopes for her sex.  "Once a Woman,
always a Woman" is a Decree of Nature; and the very Laws of Evolution
seem suspended in her disfavour.  Yet at least we can admire the wise
Prearrangement which has ordained that, as they have no hopes, so they
shall have no memory to recall, and no forethought to anticipate,
the miseries and humiliations which are at once a necessity of their
existence and the basis of the constitution of Flatland.

SECTION 5  Of our Methods of Recognizing one another

You, who are blessed with shade as well as light, you, who are
gifted with two eyes, endowed with a knowledge of perspective,
and charmed with the enjoyment of various colours, you, who can
actually SEE an angle, and contemplate the complete circumference
of a Circle in the happy region of the Three Dimensions--
how shall I make it clear to you the extreme difficulty which we
in Flatland experience in recognizing one another's configuration?

Recall what I told you above.  All beings in Flatland, animate and
inanimate, no matter what their form, present TO OUR VIEW the same,
or nearly the same, appearance, viz. that of a straight Line.  How then
can one be distinguished from another, where all appear the same?

The answer is threefold.  The first means of recognition is the sense
of hearing; which with us is far more highly developed than with you,
and which enables us not only to distinguish by the voice of our
personal friends, but even to discriminate between different classes,
at least so far as concerns the three lowest orders, the Equilateral,
the Square, and the Pentagon--for the Isosceles I take no account.
But as we ascend the social scale, the process of discriminating
and being discriminated by hearing increases in difficulty, partly because
voices are assimilated, partly because the faculty of voice-discrimination
is a plebeian virtue not much developed among the Aristocracy.  And wherever
there is any danger of imposture we cannot trust to this method.
Amongst our lowest orders, the vocal organs are developed to a degree
more than correspondent with those of hearing, so that an Isosceles
can easily feign the voice of a Polygon, and, with some training,
that of a Circle himself.  A second method is therefore more
commonly resorted to.

FEELING is, among our Women and lower classes--about our upper
classes I shall speak presently--the principal test of recognition,
at all events between strangers, and when the question is, not as to
the individual, but as to the class.  What therefore "introduction"
is among the higher classes in Spaceland, that the process of "feeling"
is with us.  "Permit me to ask you to feel and be felt by my friend
Mr. So-and-so"--is still, among the more old-fashioned of our
country gentlemen in districts remote from towns, the customary
formula for a Flatland introduction.  But in the towns, and among men
of business, the words "be felt by" are omitted and the sentence is
abbreviated to, "Let me ask you to feel Mr. So-and-so"; although it is
assumed, of course, that the "feeling" is to be reciprocal.  Among our
still more modern and dashing young gentlemen--who are extremely
averse to superfluous effort and supremely indifferent to the
purity of their native language--the formula is still further
curtailed by the use of "to feel" in a technical sense, meaning,
"to recommend-for- the-purposes-of-feeling-and-being-felt";
and at this moment the "slang" of polite or fast society
in the upper classes sanctions such a barbarism as "Mr. Smith,
permit me to feel Mr. Jones."

Let not my Reader however suppose that "feeling" is with us
the tedious process that it would be with you, or that we find
it necessary to feel right round all the sides of every individual
before we determine the class to which he belongs.  Long practice
and training, begun in the schools and continued in the experience
of daily life, enable us to discriminate at once by the sense of touch,
between the angles of an equal-sided Triangle, Square, and Pentagon;
and I need not say that the brainless vertex of an acute-angled
Isosceles is obvious to the dullest touch.  It is therefore
not necessary, as a rule, to do more than feel a single angle
of an individual; and this, once ascertained, tells us the class
of the person whom we are addressing, unless indeed he belongs to the
higher sections of the nobility.  There the difficulty is much greater.
Even a Master of Arts in our University of Wentbridge has been known
to confuse a ten-sided with a twelve-sided Polygon; and there is hardly
a Doctor of Science in or out of that famous University who could
pretend to decide promptly and unhesitatingly between a twenty-sided
and a twenty-four sided member of the Aristocracy.

Those of my readers who recall the extracts I gave above from the
Legislative code concerning Women, will readily perceive that the
process of introduction by contact requires some care and discretion. 
Otherwise the angles might inflict on the unwary Feeling irreparable
injury.  It is essential for the safety of the Feeler that the Felt
should stand perfectly still.  A start, a fidgety shifting
of the position, yes, even a violent sneeze, has been known before
now to prove fatal to the incautious, and to nip in the bud many
a promising friendship.  Especially is this true among the lower classes
of the Triangles.  With them, the eye is situated so far from their vertex
that they can scarcely take cognizance of what goes on at that extremity
of their frame.  They are, moreover, of a rough coarse nature, not sensitive
to the delicate touch of the highly organized Polygon.  What wonder then
if an involuntary toss of the head has ere now deprived the State
of a valuable life!

I have heard that my excellent Grandfather--one of the least
irregular of his unhappy Isosceles class, who indeed obtained,
shortly before his decease, four out of seven votes from the Sanitary
and Social Board for passing him into the class of the Equal-sided--
often deplored, with a tear in his venerable eye, a miscarriage of
this kind, which had occurred to his great-great-great-Grandfather,
a respectable Working Man with an angle or brain of 59 degrees
30 minutes.  According to his account, my unfortunately Ancestor,
being afflicted with rheumatism, and in the act of being felt
by a Polygon, by one sudden start accidentally transfixed
the Great Man through the diagonal and thereby, partly in consequence
of his long imprisonment and degradation, and partly because
of the moral shock which pervaded the whole of my Ancestor's relations,
threw back our family a degree and a half in their ascent towards
better things.  The result was that in the next generation
the family brain was registered at only 58 degrees,
and not till the lapse of five generations was the lost
ground recovered, the full 60 degrees attained,
and the Ascent from the Isosceles finally achieved.
And all this series of calamities from one little accident
in the process of Feeling.

As this point I think I hear some of my better educated readers exclaim,
"How could you in Flatland know anything about angles and degrees,
or minutes?  We SEE an angle, because we, in the region of Space,
can see two straight lines inclined to one another; but you,
who can see nothing but on straight line at a time, or at all events
only a number of bits of straight lines all in one straight line,--
how can you ever discern an angle, and much less register angles
of different sizes?"

I answer that though we cannot SEE angles, we can INFER them, and this
with great precision.  Our sense of touch, stimulated by necessity,
and developed by long training, enables us to distinguish angles
far more accurately than your sense of sight, when unaided by a rule
or measure of angles.  Nor must I omit to explain that we have great
natural helps.  It is with us a Law of Nature that the brain
of the Isosceles class shall begin at half a degree,
or thirty minutes, and shall increase (if it increases at all)
by half a degree in every generation until the goal of 60 degrees
is reached, when the condition of serfdom is quitted, and the freeman
enters the class of Regulars.

Consequently, Nature herself supplies us with an ascending scale
or Alphabet of angles for half a degree up to 60 degrees, Specimen
of which are placed in every Elementary School throughout the land. 
Owing to occasional retrogressions, to still more frequent moral
and intellectual stagnation, and to the extraordinary fecundity
of the Criminal and Vagabond classes, there is always a vast superfluity
of individuals of the half degree and single degree class, and a fair
abundance of Specimens up to 10 degrees.  These are absolutely
destitute of civil rights; and a great number of them, not having
even intelligence enough for the purposes of warfare, are devoted
by the States to the service of education.  Fettered immovably
so as to remove all possibility of danger, they are placed
in the classrooms of our Infant Schools, and there they are utilized
by the Board of Education for the purpose of imparting to the offspring
of the Middle Classes the tact and intelligence which these wretched
creatures themselves are utterly devoid.

In some States the Specimens are occasionally fed and suffered
to exist for several years; but in the more temperate and better
regulated regions, it is found in the long run more advantageous
for the educational interests of the young, to dispense with food,
and to renew the Specimens every month--which is about the average
duration of the foodless existence of the Criminal class.
In the cheaper schools, what is gained by the longer existence
of the Specimen is lost, partly in the expenditure for food,
and partly in the diminished accuracy of the angles, which
are impaired after a few weeks of constant "feeling."
Nor must we forget to add, in enumerating the advantages
of the more expensive system, that it tends, though slightly
yet perceptibly, to the diminution of the redundant Isosceles population--
an object which every statesman in Flatland constantly keeps in view.
On the whole therefore--although I am not ignorant that,
in many popularly elected School Boards, there is a reaction
in favour of "the cheap system" as it is called--
I am myself disposed to think that this is one
of the many cases in which expense is the truest economy.

But I must not allow questions of School Board politics to divert
me from my subject.  Enough has been said, I trust, to shew that
Recognition by Feeling is not so tedious or indecisive a process
as might have been supposed; and it is obviously more trustworthy
than Recognition by hearing.  Still there remains, as has been pointed
out above, the objection that this method is not without danger.
For this reason many in the Middle and Lower classes, and all
without exception in the Polygonal and Circular orders,
prefer a third method, the description of which
shall be reserved for the next section.

SECTION 6  Of Recognition by Sight

I am about to appear very inconsistent.  In the previous sections
I have said that all figures in Flatland present the appearance
of a straight line; and it was added or implied, that it is consequently
impossible to distinguish by the visual organ between individuals
of different classes:  yet now I am about to explain to my Spaceland
critics how we are able to recognize one another by the sense of sight.

If however the Reader will take the trouble to refer to the passage
in which Recognition by Feeling is stated to be universal,
he will find this qualification--"among the lower classes."
It is only among the higher classes and in our more temperate
climates that Sight Recognition is practised.

That this power exists in any regions and for any classes is the result
of Fog; which prevails during the greater part of the year in all parts
save the torrid zones.  That which is with you in Spaceland an unmixed evil,
blotting out the landscape, depressing the spirits, and enfeebling the health,
is by us recognized as a blessing scarcely inferior to air itself, and as the
Nurse of arts and Parent of sciences.  But let me explain my meaning,
without further eulogies on this beneficent Element.

If Fog were non-existent, all lines would appear equally
and indistinguishably clear; and this is actually the case
in those unhappy countries in which the atmosphere is perfectly
dry and transparent.  But wherever there is a rich supply of Fog,
objects that are at a distance, say of three feet, are appreciably
dimmer than those at the distance of two feet eleven inches; and the
result is that by careful and constant experimental observation
of comparative dimness and clearness, we are enabled to infer
with great exactness the configuration of the object observed.

An instance will do more than a volume of generalities to make
my meaning clear.

Suppose I see two individuals approaching whose rank I wish to ascertain.
They are, we will suppose, a Merchant and a Physician, or in other words,
an Equilateral Triangle and a Pentagon; how am I to distinguish them?

It will be obvious, to every child in Spaceland who has touched
the threshold of Geometrical Studies, that, if I can bring my eye
so that its glance may bisect an angle (A) of the approaching stranger,
my view will lie as it were evenly between the two sides that are next
to me (viz. CA and AB), so that I shall contemplate the two impartially,
and both will appear of the same size.

Now in the case of (1) the Merchant, what shall I see?  I shall see
a straight line DAE, in which the middle point (A) will be very bright
because it is nearest to me; but on either side the line will shade
away RAPIDLY TO DIMNESS, because the sides AC and AB RECEDE RAPIDLY
INTO THE FOG and what appear to me as the Merchant's extremities,
viz. D and E, will be VERY DIM INDEED.

On the other hand in the case of (2) the Physician, though I shall
here also see a line (D'A'E') with a bright centre (A'), yet it will
shade away LESS RAPIDLY to dimness, because the sides (A'C', A'B')
RECEDE LESS RAPIDLY INTO THE FOG:  and what appear to me the Physician's
extremities, viz. D' and E', will not be NOT SO DIM as the extremities
of the Merchant.

The Reader will probably understand from these two instances how
--after a very long training supplemented by constant experience--
it is possible for the well-educated classes among us to discriminate
with fair accuracy between the middle and lowest orders, by the sense
of sight.  If my Spaceland Patrons have grasped this general conception,
so far as to conceive the possibility of it and not to reject my account
as altogether incredible--I shall have attained all I can reasonably expect.
Were I to attempt further details I should only perplex.  Yet for the sake
of the young and inexperienced, who may perchance infer--from the two simple
instances I have given above, of the manner in which I should recognize
my Father and my Sons--that Recognition by sight is an easy affair,
it may be needful to point out that in actual life most of the problems
of Sight Recognition are far more subtle and complex.

If for example, when my Father, the Triangle, approaches me,
he happens to present his side to me instead of his angle, then,
until I have asked him to rotate, or until I have edged my eye around him,
I am for the moment doubtful whether he may not be a Straight Line, or,
in other words, a Woman.  Again, when I am in the company of one of my
two hexagonal Grandsons, contemplating one of his sides (AB) full front,
it will be evident from the accompanying diagram that I shall see one whole
line (AB) in comparative brightness (shading off hardly at all at the ends)
and two smaller lines (CA and BD) dim throughout and shading away into greater
dimness towards the extremities C and D.

But I must not give way to the temptation of enlarging on these topics.
The meanest mathematician in Spaceland will readily believe me when
I assert that the problems of life, which present themselves to the
well-educated--when they are themselves in motion, rotating,
advancing or retreating, and at the same time attempting
to discriminate by the sense of sight between a number of Polygons
of high rank moving in different directions, as for example in a
ball-room or conversazione--must be of a nature to task the angularity
of the most intellectual, and amply justify the rich endowments
of the Learned Professors of Geometry, both Static and Kinetic,
in the illustrious University of Wentbridge, where the Science
and Art of Sight Recognition are regularly taught to large classes
of the ELITE of the States.

It is only a few of the scions of our noblest and wealthiest houses,
who are able to give the time and money necessary for the thorough
prosecution of this noble and valuable Art.  Even to me, a Mathematician
of no mean standing, and the Grandfather of two most hopeful and perfectly
regular Hexagons, to find myself in the midst of a crowd of rotating Polygons
of the higher classes, is occasionally very perplexing.  And of course
to a common Tradesman, or Serf, such a sight is almost as unintelligible
as it would be to you, my Reader, were you suddenly transported to my country.

In such a crowd you could see on all sides of you nothing but a Line,
apparently straight, but of which the parts would vary irregularly
and perpetually in brightness or dimness.  Even if you had completed
your third year in the Pentagonal and Hexagonal classes in the University,
and were perfect in the theory of the subject, you would still find there
was need of many years of experience, before you could move in a fashionable
crowd without jostling against your betters, whom it is against etiquette
to ask to "feel," and who, by their superior culture and breeding,
know all about your movements, while you know very little or nothing
about theirs.  In a word, to comport oneself with perfect propriety
in Polygonal society, one ought to be a Polygon oneself.
Such at least is the painful teaching of my experience.

It is astonishing how much the Art--or I may almost call it instinct--
of Sight Recognition is developed by the habitual practice of it
and by the avoidance of the custom of "Feeling."  Just as, with you,
the deaf and dumb, if once allowed to gesticulate and to use the hand-alphabet,
will never acquire the more difficult but far more valuable art of lip-speech
and lip-reading, so it is with us as regards "Seeing" and "Feeling."
None who in early life resort to "Feeling" will ever learn "Seeing"
in perfection.

For this reason, among our Higher Classes, "Feeling" is discouraged
or absolutely forbidden.  From the cradle their children, instead of going
to the Public Elementary schools (where the art of Feeling is taught,)
are sent to higher Seminaries of an exclusive character; and at our
illustrious University, to "feel" is regarded as a most serious fault,
involving Rustication for the first offence, and Expulsion for the second.

But among the lower classes the art of Sight Recognition is regarded
as an unattainable luxury.  A common Tradesman cannot afford to let
his son spend a third of his life in abstract studies.  The children
of the poor are therefore allowed to "feel" from their earliest years,
and they gain thereby a precocity and an early vivacity which contrast
at first most favourably with the inert, undeveloped, and listless
behaviour of the half-instructed youths of the Polygonal class;
but when the latter have at last completed their University course,
and are prepared to put their theory into practice, the change
that comes over them may almost be described as a new birth,
and in every art, science, and social pursuit they rapidly
overtake and distance their Triangular competitors.

Only a few of the Polygonal Class fail to pass the Final Test
or Leaving Examination at the University.  The condition of the
unsuccessful minority is truly pitiable.  Rejected from the higher
class, they are also despised by the lower.  They have neither the
matured and systematically trained powers of the Polygonal Bachelors
and Masters of Arts, nor yet the native precocity and mercurial
versatility of the youthful Tradesman.  The professions, the public
services, are closed against them, and though in most States they
are not actually debarred from marriage, yet they have the greatest
difficulty in forming suitable alliances, as experience shews that
the offspring of such unfortunate and ill-endowed parents is generally
itself unfortunate, if not positively Irregular.

It is from these specimens of the refuse of our Nobility that the great
Tumults and Seditions of past ages have generally derived their leaders;
and so great is the mischief thence arising that an increasing minority
of our more progressive Statesmen are of opinion that true mercy would
dictate their entire suppression, by enacting that all who fail to pass
the Final Examination of the University should be either imprisoned
for life, or extinguished by a painless death.

But I find myself digressing into the subject of Irregularities,
a matter of such vital interest that it demands a separate section.

SECTION 7  Concerning Irregular Figures

Throughout the previous pages I have been assuming--what perhaps
should have been laid down at the beginning as a distinct and
fundamental proposition--that every human being in Flatland
is a Regular Figure, that is to say of regular construction.
By this I mean that a Woman must not only be a line, but a straight line;
that an Artisan or Soldier must have two of his sides equal;
that Tradesmen must have three sides equal; Lawyers (of which class
I am a humble member), four sides equal, and, generally,
that in every Polygon, all the sides must be equal.

The sizes of the sides would of course depend upon the age of
the individual.  A Female at birth would be about an inch long,
while a tall adult Woman might extend to a foot.  As to the Males
of every class, it may be roughly said that the length of an adult's size,
when added together, is two feet or a little more.  But the size of our sides
is not under consideration.  I am speaking of the EQUALITY of sides,
and it does not need much reflection to see that the whole of the
social life in Flatland rests upon the fundamental fact that
Nature wills all Figures to have their sides equal.

If our sides were unequal our angles might be unequal.  Instead of
its being sufficient to feel, or estimate by sight, a single angle
in order to determine the form of an individual, it would be necessary
to ascertain each angle by the experiment of Feeling.  But life would
be too short for such a tedious groping.  The whole science and art
of Sight Recognition would at once perish; Feeling, so far as it is
an art, would not long survive; intercourse would become perilous
or impossible; there would be an end to all confidence, all forethought;
no one would be safe in making the most simple social arrangements;
in a word, civilization might relapse into barbarism.

Am I going too fast to carry my Readers with me to these obvious conclusions?
Surely a moment's reflection, and a single instance from common life,
must convince every one that our social system is based upon Regularity,
or Equality of Angles.  You meet, for example, two or three Tradesmen
in the street, whom your recognize at once to be Tradesman by a glance
at their angles and rapidly bedimmed sides, and you ask them to step into
your house to lunch.  This you do at present with perfect confidence,
because everyone knows to an inch or two the area occupied by
an adult Triangle: but imagine that your Tradesman drags behind
his regular and respectable vertex, a parallelogram of twelve
or thirteen inches in diagonal:--what are you to do with such
a monster sticking fast in your house door?

But I am insulting the intelligence of my Readers by accumulating
details which must be patent to everyone who enjoys the advantages
of a Residence in Spaceland.  Obviously the measurements of a single
angle would no longer be sufficient under such portentous circumstances;
one's whole life would be taken up in feeling or surveying the perimeter
of one's acquaintances.  Already the difficulties of avoiding a collision
in a crowd are enough to tax the sagacity of even a well-educated Square;
but if no one could calculate the Regularity of a single figure in the company,
all would be chaos and confusion, and the slightest panic would cause
serious injuries, or--if there happened to be any Women or Soldiers present--
perhaps considerable loss of life.

Expediency therefore concurs with Nature in stamping the seal
of its approval upon Regularity of conformation:  nor has the Law
been backward in seconding their efforts.  "Irregularity of Figure"
means with us the same as, or more than, a combination of moral obliquity
and criminality with you, and is treated accordingly.  There are not
wanting, it is true, some promulgators of paradoxes who maintain that
there is no necessary connection between geometrical and moral Irregularity.
"The Irregular," they say, "is from his birth scouted by his own parents,
derided by his brothers and sisters, neglected by the domestics,
scorned and suspected by society, and excluded from all posts
of responsibility, trust, and useful activity.  His every
movement is jealously watched by the police till he comes
of age and presents himself for inspection; then he is either destroyed,
if he is found to exceed the fixed margin of deviation, at an uninteresting
occupation for a miserable stipend; obliged to live and board at the office,
and to take even his vacation under close supervision; what wonder that
human nature, even in the best and purest, is embittered and perverted
by such surroundings!"

All this very plausible reasoning does not convince me, as it has not
convinced the wisest of our Statesmen, that our ancestors erred in laying
it down as an axiom of policy that the toleration of Irregularity
is incompatible with the safety of the State.  Doubtless, the life
of an Irregular is hard; but the interests of the Greater Number
require that it shall be hard.  If a man with a triangular front
and a polygonal back were allowed to exist and to propagate a still
more Irregular posterity, what would become of the arts of life?
Are the houses and doors and churches in Flatland to be altered
in order to accommodate such monsters?  Are our ticket-collectors
to be required to measure every man's perimeter before they allow
him to enter a theatre, or to take his place in a lecture room?
Is an Irregular to be exempted from the militia?  And if not,
how is he to be prevented from carrying desolation into the ranks
of his comrades?  Again, what irresistible temptations to fraudulent
impostures must needs beset such a creature!  How easy for him to enter
a shop with his polygonal front foremost, and to order goods to any extent
from a confiding tradesman!  Let the advocates of a falsely called
Philanthropy plead as they may for the abrogation of the Irregular Penal Laws,
I for my part have never known an Irregular who was not also what Nature
evidently intended him to be--a hypocrite, a misanthropist, and,
up to the limits of his power, a perpetrator of all manner of mischief.

Not that I should be disposed to recommend (at present)
the extreme measures adopted by some States, where an infant
whose angle deviates by half a degree from the correct angularity
is summarily destroyed at birth. Some of our highest and ablest men,
men of real genius, have during their earliest days laboured under
deviations as great as, or even greater than forty-five minutes:
and the loss of their precious lives would have been an irreparable
injury to the State.  The art of healing also has achieved some
of its most glorious triumphs in the compressions, extensions,
trepannings, colligations, and other surgical or diaetetic
operations by which Irregularity has been partly or wholly cured.
Advocating therefore a VIA MEDIA, I would lay down no fixed
or absolute line of demarcation; but at the period when the frame
is just beginning to set, and when the Medical Board has reported
that recovery is improbably, I would suggest that the Irregular
offspring be painlessly and mercifully consumed.

SECTION 8  Of the Ancient Practice of Painting

If my Readers have followed me with any attention up to this point,
they will not be surprised to hear that life is somewhat dull in Flatland.
I do not, of course, mean that there are not battles, conspiracies,
tumults, factions, and all those other phenomena which are supposed
to make History interesting; nor would I deny that the strange mixture
of the problems of life and the problems of Mathematics, continually
inducing conjecture and giving an opportunity of immediate verification,
imparts to our existence a zest which you in Spaceland can hardly comprehend.
I speak now from the aesthetic and artistic point of view when I say that life
with us is dull; aesthetically and artistically, very dull indeed.

How can it be otherwise, when all one's prospect, all one's landscapes,
historical pieces, portraits, flowers, still life, are nothing but
a single line, with no varieties except degrees of brightness and obscurity?

It was not always thus.  Colour, if Tradition speaks the truth,
once for the space of half a dozen centuries or more, threw a transient
splendour over the lives of our ancestors in the remotest ages.
Some private individual--a Pentagon whose name is variously reported--
having casually discovered the constituents of the simpler colours
and a rudimentary method of painting, is said to have begun by decorating
first his house, then his slaves, then his Father, his Sons, and Grandsons,
lastly himself.  The convenience as well as the beauty of the results
commended themselves to all.  Wherever Chromatistes,--for by that name
the most trustworthy authorities concur in calling him,--turned his
variegated frame, there he at once excited attention, and attracted respect.
No one now needed to "feel" him; no one mistook his front for his back;
all his movements were readily ascertained by his neighbours without
the slightest strain on their powers of calculation; no one jostled him,
or failed to make way for him; his voice was saved the labour
of that exhausting utterance by which we colourless Squares
and Pentagons are often forced to proclaim our individuality
when we move amid a crowd of ignorant Isosceles.

The fashion spread like wildfire.  Before a week was over,
every Square and Triangle in the district had copied the example
of Chromatistes, and only a few of the more conservative Pentagons
still held out.  A month or two found even the Dodecagons infected
with the innovation.  A year had not elapsed before the habit
had spread to all but the very highest of the Nobility.
Needless to say, the custom soon made its way from the district
of Chromatistes to surrounding regions; and within two generations
no one in all Flatland was colourless except the Women and the Priests.

Here Nature herself appeared to erect a barrier, and to plead
against extending the innovations to these two classes.  Many-
sidedness was almost essential as a pretext for the Innovators. 
"Distinction of sides is intended by Nature to imply distinction
of colours"--such was the sophism which in those days flew from
mouth to mouth, converting whole towns at a time to a new culture.
But manifestly to our Priests and Women this adage did not apply.
The latter had only one side, and therefore--plurally and pedantically
speaking--NO SIDES.  The former--if at least they would assert their
claim to be readily and truly Circles, and not mere high-class Polygons,
with an infinitely large number of infinitesimally small sides--
were in the habit of boasting (what Women confessed and deplored)
that they also had no sides, being blessed with a perimeter
of only one line, or, in other words, a Circumference.
Hence it came to pass that these two Classes could see
no force in the so-called axiom about "Distinction of Sides
implying Distinction of Colour;" and when all others
had succumbed to the fascinations of corporal decoration,
the Priests and the Women alone still remained pure
from the pollution of paint.

Immoral, licentious, anarchical, unscientific--call them by what names
you will--yet, from an aesthetic point of view, those ancient days
of the Colour Revolt were the glorious childhood of Art in Flatland--
a childhood, alas, that never ripened into manhood, nor even reached
the blossom of youth.  To live then in itself a delight, because living
implied seeing.  Even at a small party, the company was a pleasure to behold;
the richly varied hues of the assembly in a church or theatre are said
to have more than once proved too distracting from our greatest teachers
and actors; but most ravishing of all is said to have been the unspeakable
magnificence of a military review.

The sight of a line of battle of twenty thousand Isosceles suddenly
facing about, and exchanging the sombre black of their bases for the
orange of the two sides including their acute angle; the militia
of the Equilateral Triangles tricoloured in red, white, and blue;
the mauve, ultra-marine, gamboge, and burnt umber of the Square
artillerymen rapidly rotating near their vermillion guns;
the dashing and flashing of the five-coloured and six-coloured
Pentagons and Hexagons careering across the field in their
offices of surgeons, geometricians and aides-de-camp--all
these may well have been sufficient to render credible the
famous story how an illustrious Circle, overcome by the artistic
beauty of the forces under his command, threw aside
his marshal's baton and his royal crown, exclaiming
that he henceforth exchanged them for the artist's pencil. 
How great and glorious the sensuous development of these days must
have been is in part indicated by the very language and vocabulary
of the period.  The commonest utterances of the commonest citizens
in the time of the Colour Revolt seem to have been suffused with a richer
tinge of word or thought; and to that era we are even now indebted
for our finest poetry and for whatever rhythm still remains in the more
scientific utterance of those modern days.

SECTION 9  Of the Universal Colour Bill

But meanwhile the intellectual Arts were fast decaying.

The Art of Sight Recognition, being no longer needed, was
no longer practised; and the studies of Geometry, Statics, Kinetics,
and other kindred subjects, came soon to be considered superfluous,
and feel into disrespect and neglect even at our University.
The inferior Art of Feeling speedily experienced the same fate
at our Elementary Schools.  Then the Isosceles classes,
asserting that the Specimens were no longer used nor needed,
and refusing to pay the customary tribute from the Criminal classes
to the service of Education, waxed daily more numerous and more insolent
on the strength of their immunity from the old burden which had formerly
exercised the twofold wholesome effect of at once taming their brutal
nature and thinning their excessive numbers.

Year by year the Soldiers and Artisans began more vehemently
to assert--and with increasing truth--that there was no great
difference between them and the very highest class of Polygons,
now that they were raised to an equality with the latter, and enabled
to grapple with all the difficulties and solve all the problems of life,
whether Statical or Kinetical, by the simple process of Colour Recognition.
Not content with the natural neglect into which Sight Recognition was falling,
they began boldly to demand the legal prohibition of all "monopolizing
and aristocratic Arts" and the consequent abolition of all endowments
for the studies of Sight Recognition, Mathematics, and Feeling.
Soon, they began to insist that inasmuch as Colour, which was
a second Nature, had destroyed the need of aristocratic distinctions,
the Law should follow in the same path, and that henceforth all
individuals and all classes should be recognized as absolutely equal
and entitled to equal rights.

Finding the higher Orders wavering and undecided, the leaders
of the Revolution advanced still further in their requirements,
and at last demanded that all classes alike, the Priests and the Women
not excepted, should do homage to Colour by submitting to be painted. 
When it was objected that Priests and Women had no sides, they retorted
that Nature and Expediency concurred in dictating that the front half
of every human being (that is to say, the half containing his eye and mouth)
should be distinguishable from his hinder half.  They therefore brought
before a general and extraordinary Assembly of all the States of Flatland
a Bill proposing that in every Woman the half containing the eye and mouth
should be coloured red, and the other half green.  The Priests were to be
painted in the same way, red being applied to that semicircle in which
the eye and mouth formed the middle point; while the other or hinder
semicircle was to be coloured green.

There was no little cunning in this proposal, which indeed emanated
not from any Isosceles--for no being so degraded would have angularity
enough to appreciate, much less to devise, such a model of state-craft--
but from an Irregular Circle who, instead of being destroyed in his childhood,
was reserved by a foolish indulgence to bring desolation on his country
and destruction on myriads of followers.

On the one hand the proposition was calculated to bring the Women
in all classes over to the side of the Chromatic Innovation.
For by assigning to the Women the same two colours as were assigned
to the Priests, the Revolutionists thereby ensured that, in certain
positions, every Woman would appear as a Priest, and be treated with
corresponding respect and deference--a prospect that could not fail
to attract the Female Sex in a mass.

But by some of my Readers the possibility of the identical appearance
of Priests and Women, under a new Legislation, may not be recognized;
if so, a word or two will make it obvious.

Imagine a woman duly decorated, according to the new Code; with the
front half (i.e., the half containing the eye and mouth) red,
and with the hinder half green.  Look at her from one side.
Obviously you will see a straight line, HALF RED, HALF GREEN.

Now imagine a Priest, whose mouth is at M, and whose front
semicircle (AMB) is consequently coloured red, while his hinder
semicircle is green; so that the diameter AB divides the green
from the red.  If you contemplate the Great Man so as to have your eye
in the same straight line as his dividing diameter (AB), what you will
see will be a straight line (CBD), of which ONE HALF (CB) WILL BE RED,
AND THE OTHER (BD) GREEN.  The whole line (CD) will be rather shorter
perhaps than that of a full-sized Woman, and will shade off more rapidly
towards its extremities; but the identity of the colours would give you
an immediate impression of identity in Class, making you neglectful
of other details.  Bear in mind the decay of Sight Recognition
which threatened society at the time of the Colour revolt;
add too the certainty that Woman would speedily learn to
shade off their extremities so as to imitate the Circles;
it must then be surely obvious to you, my dear Reader,
that the Colour Bill placed us under a great danger
of confounding a Priest with a young Woman.

How attractive this prospect must have been to the Frail Sex may
readily be imagined.  They anticipated with delight the confusion that
would ensue.  At home they might hear political and ecclesiastical
secrets intended not for them but for their husbands and brothers, and
might even issue some commands in the name of a priestly Circle; out
of doors the striking combination of red and green without addition
of any other colours, would be sure to lead the common people into
endless mistakes, and the Woman would gain whatever the Circles lost,
in the deference of the passers by.  As for the scandal that would
befall the Circular Class if the frivolous and unseemly conduct of the
Women were imputed to them, and as to the consequent subversion of the
Constitution, the Female Sex could not be expected to give a thought
to these considerations.  Even in the households of the Circles, the
Women were all in favour of the Universal Colour Bill.

The second object aimed at by the Bill was the gradual
demoralization of the Circles themselves.  In the general intellectual
decay they still preserved their pristine clearness and strength of
understanding.  From their earliest childhood, familiarized in their
Circular households with the total absence of Colour, the Nobles alone
preserved the Sacred Art of Sight Recognition, with all the advantages
that result from that admirable training of the intellect.  Hence, up
to the date of the introduction of the Universal Colour Bill, the
Circles had not only held their own, but even increased their lead of
the other classes by abstinence from the popular fashion.

Now therefore the artful Irregular whom I described above as
the real author of this diabolical Bill, determined at one blow
to lower the status of the Hierarchy by forcing them to submit
to the pollution of Colour, and at the same time to destroy their
domestic opportunities of training in the Art of Sight Recognition,
so as to enfeeble their intellects by depriving them of their pure
and colourless homes.  Once subjected to the chromatic taint,
every parental and every childish Circle would demoralize each other.
Only in discerning between the Father and the Mother would the Circular
infant find problems for the exercise of his understanding--problems
too often likely to be corrupted by maternal impostures with the
result of shaking the child's faith in all logical conclusions.
Thus by degrees the intellectual lustre of the Priestly Order would wane,
and the road would then lie open for a total destruction of all Aristocratic
Legislature and for the subversion of our Privileged Classes.

SECTION 10  Of the Suppression of the Chromatic Sedition

The agitation for the Universal Colour Bill continued for three years;
and up to the last moment of that period it seemed as though Anarchy
were destined to triumph.

A whole army of Polygons, who turned out to fight as private soldiers,
was utterly annihilated by a superior force of Isosceles Triangles--
the Squares and Pentagons meanwhile remaining neutral.

Worse than all, some of the ablest Circles fell a prey to conjugal fury.
Infuriated by political animosity, the wives in many a noble household
wearied their lords with prayers to give up their opposition to the
Colour Bill; and some, finding their entreaties fruitless, fell on
and slaughtered their innocent children and husband, perishing
themselves in the act of carnage.  It is recorded that during
that triennial agitation no less than twenty-three Circles
perished in domestic discord.

Great indeed was the peril.  It seemed as though the Priests
had no choice between submission and extermination; when suddenly
the course of events was completely changed by one of those picturesque
incidents which Statesmen ought never to neglect, often to anticipate,
and sometimes perhaps to originate, because of the absurdly
disproportionate power with which they appeal to the sympathies
of the populace.

It happened that an Isosceles of a low type, with a brain little
if at all above four degrees--accidentally dabbling in the colours
of some Tradesman whose shop he had plundered--painted himself,
or caused himself to be painted (for the story varies) with the twelve
colours of a Dodecagon.  Going into the Market Place he accosted
in a feigned voice a maiden, the orphan daughter of a noble Polygon,
whose affection in former days he had sought in vain; and by a series
of deceptions--aided, on the one side, by a string of lucky accidents
too long to relate, and, on the other, by an almost inconceivable
fatuity and neglect of ordinary precautions on the part of the
relations of the bride--he succeeded in consummating the marriage. 
The unhappy girl committed suicide on discovering the fraud to which
she had been subjected.

When the news of this catastrophe spread from State to State
the minds of the Women were violently agitated.  Sympathy with
the miserable victim and anticipations of similar deceptions
for themselves, their sisters, and their daughters, made them now regard
the Colour Bill in an entirely new aspect.  Not a few openly avowed
themselves converted to antagonism; the rest needed only a slight
stimulus to make a similar avowal.  Seizing this favourable opportunity,
the Circles hastily convened an extraordinary Assembly of the States;
and besides the usual guard of Convicts, they secured the attendance
of a large number of reactionary Women.

Amidst an unprecedented concourse, the Chief Circle of those days
--by name Pantocyclus--arose to find himself hissed and hooted by a
hundred and twenty thousand Isosceles.  But he secured silence
by declaring that henceforth the Circles would enter on a policy
of Concession; yielding to the wishes of the majority,
they would accept the Colour Bill.  The uproar being
at once converted to applause, he invited Chromatistes,
the leader of the Sedition, into the centre of the hall,
to receive in the name of his followers the submission
of the Hierarchy.  Then followed a speech, a masterpiece
of rhetoric, which occupied nearly a day in the delivery,
and to which no summary can do justice.

With a grave appearance of impartiality he declared that as they
were now finally committing themselves to Reform or Innovation,
it was desirable that they should take one last view of the perimeter
of the whole subject, its defects as well as its advantages.
Gradually introduction the mention of the dangers to the Tradesmen,
the Professional Classes and the Gentlemen, he silenced the rising murmurs
of the Isosceles by reminding them that, in spite of all these defects,
he was willing to accept the Bill if it was approved by the majority.
But it was manifest that all, except the Isosceles, were moved
by his words and were either neutral or averse to the Bill.

Turning now to the Workmen he asserted that their interests must
not be neglected, and that, if they intended to accept the Colour Bill,
they ought at least to do so with full view of the consequences.
Many of them, he said, were on the point of being admitted
to the class of the Regular Triangles; others anticipated
for their children a distinction they could not hope for themselves.
That honourable ambition would not have to be sacrificed.  With the
universal adoption of Colour, all distinctions would cease;
Regularity would be confused with Irregularity;
development would give place to retrogression;
the Workman would in a few generations be degraded
to the level of the Military, or even the Convict Class;
political power would be in the hands of the greatest number,
that is to say the Criminal Classes, who were already more
numerous than the Workmen, and would soon out-number all
the other Classes put together when the usual Compensative Laws
of Nature were violated.

A subdued murmur of assent ran through the ranks of the Artisans,
and Chromatistes, in alarm, attempted to step forward and address them.
But he found himself encompassed with guards and forced to remain silent
while the Chief Circle in a few impassioned words made a final appeal
to the Women, exclaiming that, if the Colour Bill passed, no marriage
would henceforth be safe, no woman's honour secure; fraud, deception,
hypocrisy would pervade every household; domestic bliss would share
the fate of the Constitution and pass to speedy perdition.
"Sooner than this," he cried, "come death."

At these words, which were the preconcerted signal for action,
the Isosceles Convicts fell on and transfixed the wretched Chromatistes;
the Regular Classes, opening their ranks, made way for a band of Women who,
under direction of the Circles, moved back foremost, invisibly and unerringly
upon the unconscious soldiers; the Artisans, imitating the example of their
betters, also opened their ranks.  Meantime bands of Convicts occupied
every entrance with an impenetrable phalanx.

The battle, or rather carnage, was of short duration.  Under the
skillful generalship of the Circles almost every Woman's charge
was fatal and very many extracted their sting uninjured, ready for
a second slaughter.  But no second blow was needed; the rabble
of the Isosceles did the rest of the business for themselves.
Surprised, leader-less, attacked in front by invisible foes,
and finding egress cut off by the Convicts behind them, they at once--
after their manner--lost all presence of mind, and raised the cry
of "treachery."  This sealed their fate.  Every Isosceles now saw
and felt a foe in every other.  In half an hour not one of that vast
multitude was living; and the fragments of seven score thousand
of the Criminal Class slain by one another's angles attested
the triumph of Order.

The Circles delayed not to push their victory to the uttermost. 
The Working Men they spared but decimated.  The Militia of the
Equilaterals was at once called out, and every Triangle suspected
of Irregularity on reasonable grounds, was destroyed by Court Martial,
without the formality of exact measurement by the Social Board.
The homes of the Military and Artisan classes were inspected in a course
of visitation extending through upwards of a year; and during that period
every town, village, and hamlet was systematically purged of that excess
of the lower orders which had been brought about by the neglect to pay
the tribute of Criminals to the Schools and University, and by the violation
of other natural Laws of the Constitution of Flatland.  Thus the balance
of classes was again restored.

Needless to say that henceforth the use of Colour was abolished,
and its possession prohibited.  Even the utterance of any word
denoting Colour, except by the Circles or by qualified scientific
teachers, was punished by a severe penalty.  Only at our University
in some of the very highest and most esoteric classes--which I myself
have never been privileged to attend--it is understood that the
sparing use of Colour is still sanctioned for the purpose
of illustrating some of the deeper problems of mathematics.
But of this I can only speak from hearsay.

Elsewhere in Flatland, Colour is now non-existent.  The art of making
it is known to only one living person, the Chief Circle for the time being;
and by him it is handed down on his death-bed to none but his Successor.
One manufactory alone produces it; and, lest the secret should be betrayed,
the Workmen are annually consumed, and fresh ones introduced.  So great
is the terror with which even now our Aristocracy looks back to the
far-distant days of the agitation for the Universal Colour Bill.

SECTION 11  Concerning our Priests

It is high time that I should pass from these brief and discursive
notes about things in Flatland to the central event of this book,
my initiation into the mysteries of Space.  THAT is my subject;
all that has gone before is merely preface.

For this reason I must omit many matters of which the explanation
would not, I flatter myself, be without interest for my Readers:
as for example, our method of propelling and stopping ourselves,
although destitute of feet; the means by which we give fixity
to structures of wood, stone, or brick, although of course
we have no hands, nor can we lay foundations as you can,
nor avail ourselves of the lateral pressure of the earth;
the manner in which the rain originates in the intervals
between our various zones, so that the northern regions
do not intercept the moisture falling on the southern;
the nature of our hills and mines, our trees and vegetables,
our seasons and harvests; our Alphabet and method of writing,
adapted to our linear tablets; these and a hundred other details
of our physical existence I must pass over, nor do I mention them
now except to indicate to my readers that their omission proceeds
not from forgetfulness on the part of the author, but from his
regard for the time of the Reader. 

Yet before I proceed to my legitimate subject some few final remarks
will no doubt be expected by my Readers upon these pillars and mainstays
of the Constitution of Flatland, the controllers of our conduct
and shapers of our destiny, the objects of universal homage
and almost of adoration:  need I say that I mean our Circles or Priests?

When I call them Priests, let me not be understood as meaning
no more than the term denotes with you.  With us, our Priests
are Administrators of all Business, Art, and Science; Directors of Trade,
Commerce, Generalship, Architecture, Engineering, Education,
Statesmanship, Legislature, Morality, Theology; doing nothing
themselves, they are the Causes of everything worth doing,
that is done by others.

Although popularly everyone called a Circle is deemed a Circle,
yet among the better educated Classes it is known that no Circle
is really a Circle, but only a Polygon with a very large number
of very small sides.  As the number of the sides increases, a Polygon
approximates to a Circle; and, when the number is very great indeed,
say for example three or four hundred, it is extremely difficult
for the most delicate touch to feel any polygonal angles.  Let me
say rather it WOULD be difficult:  for, as I have shown above,
Recognition by Feeling is unknown among the highest society,
and to FEEL a Circle would be considered a most audacious insult.
This habit of abstention from Feeling in the best society enables
a Circle the more easily to sustain the veil of mystery in which,
from his earliest years, he is wont to enwrap the exact nature of his
Perimeter or Circumference.  Three feet being the average Perimeter
it follows that, in a Polygon of three hundred sides each side will
be no more than the hundredth part of a foot in length, or little more
than the tenth part of an inch; and in a Polygon of six or seven hundred
sides the sides are little larger than the diameter of a Spaceland pin-head.
It is always assumed, by courtesy, that the Chief Circle for the time being
has ten thousand sides.

The ascent of the posterity of the Circles in the social scale is
not restricted, as it is among the lower Regular classes, by the Law
of Nature which limits the increase of sides to one in each generation.
If it were so, the number of sides in the Circle would be a mere question
of pedigree and arithmetic, and the four hundred and ninety-seventh
descendant of an Equilateral Triangle would necessarily be a polygon
with five hundred sides.  But this is not the case.  Nature's Law
prescribes two antagonistic decrees affecting Circular propagation;
first, that as the race climbs higher in the scale of development,
so development shall proceed at an accelerated pace; second,
that in the same proportion, the race shall become less fertile.
Consequently in the home of a Polygon of four or five hundred sides
it is rare to find a son; more than one is never seen.  On the other
hand the son of a five-hundred-sided Polygon has been known to possess
five hundred and fifty, or even six hundred sides.

Art also steps in to help the process of higher Evolution.
Our physicians have discovered that the small and tender sides
of an infant Polygon of the higher class can be fractured, and his whole
frame re-set, with such exactness that a Polygon of two or three
hundred sides sometimes--by no means always, for the process
is attended with serious risk--but sometimes overleaps two or three
hundred generations, and as it were double at a stroke, the number
of his progenitors and the nobility of his descent.

Many a promising child is sacrificed in this way.  Scarcely one
out of ten survives.  Yet so strong is the parental ambition among
those Polygons who are, as it were, on the fringe of the Circular
class, that it is very rare to find the Nobleman of that position
in society, who has neglected to place his first-born in the Circular
Neo-Therapeutic Gymnasium before he has attained the age of a month.

One year determines success or failure.  At the end of that time
the child has, in all probability, added one more to the tombstones
that crowd the Neo-Therapeutic Cemetery; but on rare occasional a glad
procession bears back the little one to his exultant parents, no longer
a Polygon, but a Circle, at least by courtesy:  and a single instance
of so blessed a result induces multitudes of Polygonal parents to submit
to similar domestic sacrifice, which have a dissimilar issue.

SECTION 12  Of the Doctrine of our Priests

As to the doctrine of the Circles it may briefly be summed up
in a single maxim, "Attend to your Configuration."  Whether political,
ecclesiastical, or moral, all their teaching has for its object
the improvement of individual and collective Configuration--with special
reference of course to the Configuration of the Circles, to which all
other objects are subordinated.

It is the merit of the Circles that they have effectually
suppressed those ancient heresies which led men to waste energy
and sympathy in the vain belief that conduct depends upon will, effort,
training, encouragement, praise, or anything else but Configuration. 
It was Pantocyclus--the illustrious Circle mentioned above, as the
queller of the Colour Revolt--who first convinced mankind that
Configuration makes the man; that if, for example, you are born
an Isosceles with two uneven sides, you will assuredly go wrong
unless you have them made even--for which purpose you must go
to the Isosceles Hospital; similarly, if you are a Triangle,
or Square, or even a Polygon, born with any Irregularity,
you must be taken to one of the Regular Hospitals to
have your disease cured; otherwise you will end your days
in the State Prison or by the angle of the State Executioner.

All faults or defects, from the slightest misconduct to the
most flagitious crime, Pantocyclus attributed to some deviation
from perfect Regularity in the bodily figure, caused perhaps
(if not congenital) by some collision in a crowd; by neglect
to take exercise, or by taking too much of it; or even by
a sudden change of temperature, resulting in a shrinkage
or expansion in some too susceptible part of the frame.
Therefore, concluded that illustrious Philosopher,
neither good conduct nor bad conduct is a fit subject,
in any sober estimation, for either praise or blame.
For why should you praise, for example, the integrity
of a Square who faithfully defends the interests of his client,
when you ought in reality rather to admire the exact precision
of his right angles?  Or again, why blame a lying,
thievish Isosceles, when you ought rather to deplore
the incurable inequality of his sides?

Theoretically, this doctrine is unquestionable; but it
has practical drawbacks.  In dealing with an Isosceles,
if a rascal pleads that he cannot help stealing because
of his unevenness, you reply that for that very reason,
because he cannot help being a nuisance to his neighbours,
you, the Magistrate, cannot help sentencing him to be consumed--
and there's an end of the matter.  But in little domestic difficulties,
when the penalty of consumption, or death, is out of the question,
this theory of Configuration sometimes comes in awkwardly;
and I must confess that occasionally when one of my own Hexagonal
Grandsons pleads as an excuse for his disobedience that a sudden
change of temperature has been too much for his Perimeter,
and that I ought to lay the blame not on him but on his Configuration,
which can only be strengthened by abundance of the choicest sweetmeats,
I neither see my way logically to reject, nor practically to accept,
his conclusions.

For my own part, I find it best to assume that a good sound scolding
or castigation has some latent and strengthening influence on
my Grandson's Configuration; though I own that I have no grounds
for thinking so.  At all events I am not alone in my way of extricating
myself from this dilemma; for I find that many of the highest Circles,
sitting as Judges in law courts, use praise and blame towards Regular
and Irregular Figures; and in their homes I know by experience that,
when scolding their children, they speak about "right" and "wrong"
as vehemently and passionately as if they believe that these names
represented real existence, and that a human Figure is really capable
of choosing between them.

Constantly carrying out their policy of making Configuration
the leading idea in every mind, the Circles reverse the nature
of that Commandment which in Spaceland regulates the relations between
parents and children.  With you, children are taught to honour their parents;
with us--next to the Circles, who are the chief object of universal homage--
a man is taught to honour his Grandson, if he has one; or, if not, his Son.
By "honour," however, is by no means mean "indulgence," but a reverent
regard for their highest interests:  and the Circles teach that the duty
of fathers is to subordinate their own interests to those of posterity,
thereby advancing the welfare of the whole State as well as that
of their own immediate descendants.

The weak point in the system of the Circles--if a humble Square
may venture to speak of anything Circular as containing any element
of weakness--appears to me to be found in their relations with Women.

As it is of the utmost importance for Society that Irregular
births should be discouraged, it follows that no Woman who has any
Irregularities in her ancestry is a fit partner for one who desires
that his posterity should rise by regular degrees in the social scale.

Now the Irregularity of a Male is a matter of measurement; but as
all Women are straight, and therefore visibly Regular so to speak, one
has to device some other means of ascertaining what I may call their
invisible Irregularity, that is to say their potential Irregularities
as regards possible offspring.  This is effected by carefully-kept
pedigrees, which are preserved and supervised by the State; and without
a certified pedigree no Woman is allowed to marry.

Now it might have been supposed the a Circle--proud of his ancestry
and regardful for a posterity which might possibly issue hereafter
in a Chief Circle--would be more careful than any other to choose
a wife who had no blot on her escutcheon.  But it is not so.
The care in choosing a Regular wife appears to diminish as one rises
in the social scale.  Nothing would induce an aspiring Isosceles,
who has hopes of generating an Equilateral Son, to take a wife
who reckoned a single Irregularity among her Ancestors; a Square
or Pentagon, who is confident that his family is steadily on the rise,
does not inquire above the five-hundredth generation; a Hexagon
or Dodecagon is even more careless of the wife's pedigree;
but a Circle has been known deliberately to take a wife
who has had an Irregular Great-Grandfather, and all because
of some slight superiority of lustre, or because of the charms
of a low voice--which, with us, even more than with you,
is thought "an excellent thing in a Woman." 

Such ill-judged marriages are, as might be expected, barren, if they
do not result in positive Irregularity or in diminution of sides;
but none of these evils have hitherto provided sufficiently deterrent. 
The loss of a few sides in a highly-developed Polygon is not easily
noticed, and is sometimes compensated by a successful operation in
the Neo-Therapeutic Gymnasium, as I have described above; and the Circles
are too much disposed to acquiesce in infecundity as a law of the
superior development.  Yet, if this evil be not arrested, the gradual
diminution of the Circular class may soon become more rapid, and the
time may not be far distant when, the race being no longer able to
produce a Chief Circle, the Constitution of Flatland must fall.

One other word of warning suggest itself to me, though I cannot
so easily mention a remedy; and this also refers to our relations
with Women.  About three hundred years ago, it was decreed by the
Chief Circle that, since women are deficient in Reason but abundant
in Emotion, they ought no longer to be treated as rational, nor receive
any mental education.  The consequence was that they were no longer
taught to read, nor even to master Arithmetic enough to enable them
to count the angles of their husband or children; and hence they sensibly
declined during each generation in intellectual power.  And this
system of female non-education or quietism still prevails.

My fear is that, with the best intentions, this policy has been
carried so far as to react injuriously on the Male Sex.

For the consequence is that, as things now are, we Males have to
lead a kind of bi-lingual, and I may almost say bimental, existence. 
With Women, we speak of "love," "duty," "right," "wrong," "pity,"
"hope," and other irrational and emotional conceptions, which have
no existence, and the fiction of which has no object except to control
feminine exuberances; but among ourselves, and in our books, we have
an entirely different vocabulary and I may also say, idiom.  "Love"
them becomes "the anticipation of benefits"; "duty" becomes "necessity"
or "fitness"; and other words are correspondingly transmuted.
Moreover, among Women, we use language implying the utmost deference
for their Sex; and they fully believe that the Chief Circle Himself
is not more devoutly adored by us than they are:  but behind their
backs they are both regarded and spoken of--by all but the very young--
as being little better than "mindless organisms."

Our Theology also in the Women's chambers is entirely different
from our Theology elsewhere.

Now my humble fear is that this double training, in language
as well as in thought, imposes somewhat too heavy a burden upon
the young, especially when, at the age of three years old, they are
taken from the maternal care and taught to unlearn the old language--
except for the purpose of repeating it in the presence of the Mothers
and Nurses--and to learn the vocabulary and idiom of science. 
Already methinks I discern a weakness in the grasp of mathematical
truth at the present time as compared with the more robust intellect
of our ancestors three hundred years ago.  I say nothing of the possible
danger if a Woman should ever surreptitiously learn to read and convey
to her Sex the result of her perusal of a single popular volume;
nor of the possibility that the indiscretion or disobedience of some
infant Male might reveal to a Mother the secrets of the logical dialect.
On the simple ground of the enfeebling of the male intellect,
I rest this humble appeal to the highest Authorities to reconsider
the regulations of Female education.

PART II

OTHER WORLDS

"O brave new worlds,
That have such people in them!"

SECTION 13  How I had a Vision of Lineland

It was the last day but one of the 1999th year of our era, and the
first day of the Long Vacation.  Having amused myself till a late hour
with my favourite recreation of Geometry, I had retired to rest
with an unsolved problem in my mind.  In the night I had a dream.

I saw before me a vast multitude of small Straight Lines
(which I naturally assumed to be Women) interspersed with other Beings
still smaller and of the nature of lustrous points--all moving to and fro
in one and the same Straight Line, and, as nearly as I could judge,
with the same velocity.

A noise of confused, multitudinous chirping or twittering issued
from them at intervals as long as they were moving; but sometimes
they ceased from motion, and then all was silence.

Approaching one of the largest of what I thought to be Women,
I accosted her, but received no answer.  A second and third appeal
on my part were equally ineffectual.  Losing patience at what appeared
to me intolerable rudeness, I brought my mouth to a position full
in front of her mouth so as to intercept her motion, and loudly repeated
my question, "Woman, what signifies this concourse, and this strange
and confused chirping, and this monotonous motion to and fro in one
and the same Straight Line?"

"I am no Woman," replied the small Line:  "I am the Monarch of the world.
But thou, whence intrudest thou into my realm of Lineland?" 
Receiving this abrupt reply, I begged pardon if I had in any way
startled or molested his Royal Highness; and describing myself
as a stranger I besought the King to give me some account of his dominions. 
But I had the greatest possible difficulty in obtaining any information
on points that really interested me; for the Monarch could not refrain
from constantly assuming that whatever was familiar to him must also
be known to me and that I was simulating ignorance in jest.
However, by preserving questions I elicited the following facts:

It seemed that this poor ignorant Monarch--as he called himself--
was persuaded that the Straight Line which he called his Kingdom,
and in which he passed his existence, constituted the whole of the world,
and indeed the whole of Space.  Not being able either to move or to see,
save in his Straight Line, he had no conception of anything out of it. 
Though he had heard my voice when I first addressed him, the sounds
had come to him in a manner so contrary to his experience that he had
made no answer, "seeing no man," as he expressed it, "and hearing
a voice as it were from my own intestines."  Until the moment when
I placed my mouth in his World, he had neither seen me, nor heard
anything except confused sounds beating against, what I called his side,
but what he called his INSIDE or STOMACH; nor had he even now the least
conception of the region from which I had come.  Outside his World,
or Line, all was a blank to him; nay, not even a blank, for a blank
implies Space; say, rather, all was non-existent.

His subjects--of whom the small Lines were men and the Points Women--
were all alike confined in motion and eyesight to that single Straight Line,
which was their World.  It need scarcely be added that the whole of their
horizon was limited to a Point; nor could any one ever see anything
but a Point.  Man, woman, child, thing--each as a Point to the eye
of a Linelander.  Only by the sound of the voice could sex or age
be distinguished.  Moreover, as each individual occupied the whole
of the narrow path, so to speak, which constituted his Universe,
and no one could move to the right or left to make way for passers by,
it followed that no Linelander could ever pass another.  Once neighbours,
always neighbours.  Neighbourhood with them was like marriage with us.
Neighbours remained neighbours till death did them part.

Such a life, with all vision limited to a Point, and all motion
to a Straight Line, seemed to me inexpressibly dreary; and I was
surprised to note that vivacity and cheerfulness of the King. 
Wondering whether it was possible, amid circumstances so unfavourable
to domestic relations, to enjoy the pleasures of conjugal union,
I hesitated for some time to question his Royal Highness on so delicate
a subject; but at last I plunged into it by abruptly inquiring
as to the health of his family.  "My wives and children," he replied,
"are well and happy."

Staggered at this answer--for in the immediate proximity of the Monarch
(as I had noted in my dream before I entered Lineland) there were none
but Men--I ventured to reply, "Pardon me, but I cannot imagine how your
Royal Highness can at any time either see or approach their Majesties,
when there at least half a dozen intervening individuals, whom you can
neither see through, nor pass by?  Is it possible that in Lineland
proximity is not necessary for marriage and for the generation of children?"

"How can you ask so absurd a question?" replied the Monarch.  "If it were
indeed as you suggest, the Universe would soon be depopulated.  No, no;
neighbourhood is needless for the union of hearts; and the birth
of children is too important a matter to have been allowed to depend
upon such an accident as proximity.  You cannot be ignorant of this.
Yet since you are pleased to affect ignorance, I will instruct you
as if you were the veriest baby in Lineland.  Know, then, that marriages
are consummated by means of the faculty of sound and the sense of hearing.

"You are of course aware that every Man has two mouths or voices--
as well as two eyes--a bass at one and a tenor at the other of his
extremities.  I should not mention this, but that I have been
unable to distinguish your tenor in the course of our conversation."
I replied that I had but one voice, and that I had not been aware
that his Royal Highness had two.  "That confirms my impression,"
said the King, "that you are not a Man, but a feminine Monstrosity
with a bass voice, and an utterly uneducated ear.  But to continue.

"Nature having herself ordained that every Man should wed two wives--"
"Why two?" asked I.  "You carry your affected simplicity too far,"
he cried.  "How can there be a completely harmonious union without
the combination of the Four in One, viz. the Bass and Tenor of the Man
and the Soprano and Contralto of the two Women?"  "But supposing,"
said I, "that a man should prefer one wife or three?"  "It is impossible,"
he said; "it is as inconceivable as that two and one should make five,
or that the human eye should see a Straight Line."  I would have
interrupted him; but he proceeded as follows:

"Once in the middle of each week a Law of Nature compels us to move
to and fro with a rhythmic motion of more than usual violence,
which continues for the time you would take to count a hundred and one.
In the midst of this choral dance, at the fifty-first pulsation,
the inhabitants of the Universe pause in full career, and each
individual sends forth his richest, fullest, sweetest strain.
It is in this decisive moment that all our marriages are made.
So exquisite is the adaptation of Bass and Treble, of Tenor to Contralto,
that oftentimes the Loved Ones, though twenty thousand leagues away,
recognize at once the responsive note of their destined Lover; and,
penetrating the paltry obstacles of distance, Love unites the three.
The marriage in that instance consummated results in a threefold Male
and Female offspring which takes its place in Lineland."

"What!  Always threefold?" said I.  "Must one wife then always have twins?"

"Bass-voice Monstrosity! yes," replied the King.  "How else could
the balance of the Sexes be maintained, if two girls were not born
for every boy?  Would you ignore the very Alphabet of Nature?"
He ceased, speechless for fury; and some time elapsed before
I could induce him to resume his narrative.

"You will not, of course, suppose that every bachelor among us finds
his mates at the first wooing in this universal Marriage Chorus.
On the contrary, the process is by most of us many times repeated. 
Few are the hearts whose happy lot is at once to recognize in each
other's voice the partner intended for them by Providence, and to fly
into a reciprocal and perfectly harmonious embrace.  With most of us
the courtship is of long duration.  The Wooer's voices may perhaps
accord with one of the future wives, but not with both; or not,
at first, with either; or the Soprano and Contralto may not quite
harmonize.  In such cases Nature has provided that every weekly Chorus
shall bring the three Lovers into closer harmony.  Each trial of voice,
each fresh discovery of discord, almost imperceptibly induces the less
perfect to modify his or her vocal utterance so as to approximate
to the more perfect.  And after many trials and many approximations,
the result is at last achieved.  There comes a day at last when,
while the wonted Marriage Chorus goes forth from universal Lineland,
the three far-off Lovers suddenly find themselves in exact harmony,
and, before they are aware, the wedded Triplet is rapt vocally into
a duplicate embrace; and Nature rejoices over one more marriage
and over three more births."

SECTION 14  How I vainly tried to explain the nature of Flatland

Thinking that it was time to bring down the Monarch from his raptures
to the level of common sense, I determined to endeavour to open up
to him some glimpses of the truth, that is to say of the nature
of things in Flatland.  So I began thus:  "How does your Royal Highness
distinguish the shapes and positions of his subjects?  I for my part
noticed by the sense of sight, before I entered your Kingdom,
that some of your people are lines and others Points;
and that some of the lines are larger --"  "You speak of an impossibility,"
interrupted the King; "you must have seen a vision; for to detect the difference
between a Line and a Point by the sense of sight is, as every one knows,
in the nature of things, impossible; but it can be detected by the sense
of hearing, and by the same means my shape can be exactly ascertained.
Behold me--I am a Line, the longest in Lineland, over six inches of Space --"
"Of Length," I ventured to suggest.  "Fool," said he, "Space is Length.
Interrupt me again, and I have done."

I apologized; but he continued scornfully, "Since you are impervious
to argument, you shall hear with your ears how by means of my two voices
I reveal my shape to my Wives, who are at this moment six thousand miles
seventy yards two feet eight inches away, the one to the North,
the other to the South.  Listen, I call to them."

He chirruped, and then complacently continued:  "My wives at this
moment receiving the sound of one of my voice, closely followed
by the other, and perceiving that the latter reaches them after an interval
in which sound can traverse 6.457 inches, infer that one of my mouths
is 6.457 inches further from them than the other, and accordingly know
my shape to be 6.457 inches.  But you will of course understand that
my wives do not make this calculation every time they hear my two voices.
They made it, once for all, before we were married.  But they COULD
make it at any time.  And in the same way I can estimate the shape
of any of my Male subjects by the sense of sound."

"But how," said I, "if a Man feigns a Woman's voice with one of his
two voices, or so disguises his Southern voice that it cannot
be recognized as the echo of the Northern?  May not such deceptions
cause great inconvenience?  And have you no means of checking frauds
of this kind by commanding your neighbouring subjects to feel one another?"
This of course was a very stupid question, for feeling could not have
answered the purpose; but I asked with the view of irritating the Monarch,
and I succeeded perfectly.

"What!" cried he in horror, "explain your meaning."  "Feel, touch,
come into contact," I replied.  "If you mean by FEELING," said the
King, "approaching so close as to leave no space between two individuals,
know, Stranger, that this offence is punishable in my dominions by death.
And the reason is obvious.  The frail form of a Woman, being liable
to be shattered by such an approximation, must be preserved by the State;
but since Women cannot be distinguished by the sense of sight from Men,
the Law ordains universally that neither Man nor Woman shall be
approached so closely as to destroy the interval between the approximator
and the approximated.

"And indeed what possible purpose would be served by this illegal
and unnatural excess of approximation which you call TOUCHING,
when all the ends of so brutal and course a process are attained
at once more easily and more exactly by the sense of hearing?
As to your suggested danger of deception, it is non-existent:
for the Voice, being the essence of one's Being, cannot be
thus changed at will.  But come, suppose that I had the power
of passing through solid things, so that I could penetrate my subjects,
one after another, even to the number of a billion, verifying the size
and distance of each by the sense of FEELING:  How much time and energy
would be wasted in this clumsy and inaccurate method!  Whereas now,
in one moment of audition, I take as it were the census and statistics,
local, corporeal, mental and spiritual, of every living being in Lineland.
Hark, only hark!"

So saying he paused and listened, as if in an ecstasy, to a sound
which seemed to me no better than a tiny chirping from an innumerable
multitude of lilliputian grasshoppers.

"Truly," replied I, "your sense of hearing serves you in good stead,
and fills up many of your deficiencies.  But permit me to point out
that your life in Lineland must be deplorably dull.  To see nothing
but a Point!  Not even to be able to contemplate a Straight Line!
Nay, not even to know what a Straight Line is!  To see, yet to be cut
off from those Linear prospects which are vouchsafed to us in Flatland!
Better surely to have no sense of sight at all than to see so little!
I grant you I have not your discriminative faculty of hearing;
for the concert of all Lineland which gives you such intense pleasure,
is to me no better than a multitudinous twittering or chirping.
But at least I can discern, by sight, a Line from a Point.
And let me prove it.  Just before I came into your kingdom,
I saw you dancing from left to right, and then from right to left,
with Seven Men and a Woman in your immediate proximity on the left,
and eight Men and two Women on your right.  Is not this correct?"

"It is correct," said the King, "so far as the numbers and sexes
are concerned, though I know not what you mean by `right' and `left.' 
But I deny that you saw these things.  For how could you see the Line,
that is to say the inside, of any Man?  But you must have heard these
things, and then dreamed that you saw them.  And let me ask what you
mean by those words `left' and `right.'  I suppose it is your way
of saying Northward and Southward."

"Not so," replied I; "besides your motion of Northward and Southward,
there is another motion which I call from right to left."

King.  Exhibit to me, if you please, this motion from left to right.

I.  Nay, that I cannot do, unless you could step out of your Line altogether.

King.  Out of my Line?  Do you mean out of the world?  Out of Space?

I.  Well, yes.  Out of YOUR world.  Out of YOUR Space.  For your
Space is not the true Space.  True Space is a Plane; but your
Space is only a Line.

King.  If you cannot indicate this motion from left to right by yourself
moving in it, then I beg you to describe it to me in words.

I.  If you cannot tell your right side from your left, I fear
that no words of mine can make my meaning clearer to you.
But surely you cannot be ignorant of so simple a distinction.

King.  I do not in the least understand you.

I.  Alas!  How shall I make it clear?  When you move straight on,
does it not sometimes occur to you that you COULD move in some other way,
turning your eye round so as to look in the direction towards which your
side is now fronting?  In other words, instead of always moving
in the direction of one of your extremities, do you never feel
a desire to move in the direction, so to speak, of your side?

King.  Never.  And what do you mean?  How can a man's inside "front"
in any direction?  Or how can a man move in the direction of his inside?

I.  Well then, since words cannot explain the matter, I will try deeds,
and will move gradually out of Lineland in the direction which I desire
to indicate to you.

At the word I began to move my body out of Lineland.  As long
as any part of me remained in his dominion and in his view, the King
kept exclaiming, "I see you, I see you still; you are not moving."
But when I had at last moved myself out of his Line, he cried in his
shrillest voice, "She is vanished; she is dead."  "I am not dead,"
replied I; "I am simply out of Lineland, that is to say, out of the
Straight Line which you call Space, and in the true Space, where I can
see things as they are.  And at this moment I can see your Line,
or side--or inside as you are pleased to call it; and I can see also
the Men and Women on the North and South of you, whom I will now enumerate,
describing their order, their size, and the interval between each."

When I had done this at great length, I cried triumphantly,
"Does that at last convince you?"  And, with that, I once more
entered Lineland, taking up the same position as before.

But the Monarch replied, "If you were a Man of sense--though, as
you appear to have only one voice I have little doubt you are not a
Man but a Woman--but, if you had a particle of sense, you would
listen to reason.  You ask me to believe that there is another Line
besides that which my senses indicate, and another motion besides that
of which I am daily conscious.  I, in return, ask you to describe
in words or indicate by motion that other Line of which you speak. 
Instead of moving, you merely exercise some magic art of vanishing
and returning to sight; and instead of any lucid description of your
new World, you simply tell me the numbers and sizes of some forty
of my retinue, facts known to any child in my capital.  Can anything
be more irrational or audacious?  Acknowledge your folly or depart
from my dominions."

Furious at his perversity, and especially indignant that he professed
to be ignorant of my sex, I retorted in no measured terms, "Besotted Being!
You think yourself the perfection of existence, while you are in reality
the most imperfect and imbecile.  You profess to see, whereas you see
nothing but a Point!  You plume yourself on inferring the existence
of a Straight Line; but I CAN SEE Straight Lines, and infer the existence
of Angles, Triangles, Squares, Pentagons, Hexagons, and even Circles.
Why waste more words?  Suffice it that I am the completion of your
incomplete self.  You are a Line, but I am a Line of Lines called
in my country a Square:  and even I, infinitely superior though
I am to you, am of little account among the great nobles of Flatland,
whence I have come to visit you, in the hope of enlightening your ignorance."

Hearing these words the King advanced towards me with a menacing cry
as if to pierce me through the diagonal; and in that same movement
there arose from myriads of his subjects a multitudinous war-cry,
increasing in vehemence till at last methought it rivalled the roar
of an army of a hundred thousand Isosceles, and the artillery
of a thousand Pentagons.  Spell-bound and motionless, I could
neither speak nor move to avert the impending destruction;
and still the noise grew louder, and the King came closer,
when I awoke to find the breakfast-bell recalling me
to the realities of Flatland.  

SECTION 15  Concerning a Stranger from Spaceland

From dreams I proceed to facts.

It was the last day of our 1999th year of our era.
The patterning of the rain had long ago announced nightfall;
and I was sitting (footnote 3) in the company of my wife,
musing on the events of the past and the prospects of the coming year,
the coming century, the coming Millennium.

My four Sons and two orphan Grandchildren had retired to their
several apartments; and my wife alone remained with me to see
the old Millennium out and the new one in.

I was rapt in thought, pondering in my mind some words that had
casually issued from the mouth of my youngest Grandson, a most
promising young Hexagon of unusual brilliancy and perfect angularity. 
His uncles and I had been giving him his usual practical lesson in
Sight Recognition, turning ourselves upon our centres, now rapidly,
now more slowly, and questioning him as to our positions; and his
answers had been so satisfactory that I had been induced to reward him
by giving him a few hints on Arithmetic, as applied to Geometry.

Taking nine Squares, each an inch every way, I had put them together
so as to make one large Square, with a side of three inches,
and I had hence proved to my little Grandson that--though it
was impossible for us to SEE the inside of the Square--
yet we might ascertain the number of square inches in a Square
by simply squaring the number of inches in the side:  "and thus,"
said I, "we know that three-to-the-second, or nine, represents the
number of square inches in a Square whose side is three inches long."

The little Hexagon meditated on this a while and then said to me;
"But you have been teaching me to raise numbers to the third power:
I suppose three-to-the-third must mean something in Geometry; what does
it mean?"  "Nothing at all," replied I, "not at least in Geometry;
for Geometry has only Two Dimensions."  And then I began to shew the boy
how a Point by moving through a length of three inches makes a Line of
three inches, which may be represented by three; and how a Line of three
inches, moving parallel to itself through a length of three inches,
makes a Square of three inches every way, which may be represented
by three-to-the-second.
xxx
Upon this, my Grandson, again returning to his former suggestion,
took me up rather suddenly and exclaimed, "Well, then, if a Point by
moving three inches, makes a Line of three inches represented by three;
and if a straight Line of three inches, moving parallel to itself,
makes a Square of three inches every way, represented by three-to-the-second;
it must be that a Square of three inches every way, moving somehow parallel
to itself (but I don't see how) must make Something else (but I don't see what)
of three inches every way--and this must be represented by three-to-the-third."

"Go to bed," said I, a little ruffled by this interruption: 
"if you would talk less nonsense, you would remember more sense."

So my Grandson had disappeared in disgrace; and there I sat by my
Wife's side, endeavouring to form a retrospect of the year 1999 and of
the possibilities of the year 2000; but not quite able to shake of the
thoughts suggested by the prattle of my bright little Hexagon.  Only a
few sands now remained in the half-hour glass.  Rousing myself from my
reverie I turned the glass Northward for the last time in the old
Millennium; and in the act, I exclaimed aloud, "The boy is a fool."

Straightway I became conscious of a Presence in the room, and a
chilling breath thrilled through my very being.  "He is no such thing,"
cried my Wife, "and you are breaking the Commandments in thus
dishonouring your own Grandson."  But I took no notice of her.
Looking around in every direction I could see nothing; yet still
I FELT a Presence, and shivered as the cold whisper came again.
I started up.  "What is the matter?" said my Wife, "there is no draught;
what are you looking for?  There is nothing."  There was nothing;
and I resumed my seat, again exclaiming, "The boy is a fool, I say;
three- to-the-third can have no meaning in Geometry."
At once there came a distinctly audible reply,
"The boy is not a fool; and three-to-the-third
has an obvious Geometrical meaning." 

My Wife as well as myself heard the words, although she did not
understand their meaning, and both of us sprang forward in the direction
of the sound.  What was our horror when we saw before us a Figure!
At the first glance it appeared to be a Woman, seen sideways;
but a moment's observation shewed me that the extremities passed
into dimness too rapidly to represent one of the Female Sex;
and I should have thought it a Circle, only that it seemed
to change its size in a manner impossible for a Circle
or for any regular Figure of which I had had experience.

But my Wife had not my experience, nor the coolness necessary
to note these characteristics.  With the usual hastiness
and unreasoning jealousy of her Sex, she flew at once
to the conclusion that a Woman had entered the house
through some small aperture.  "How comes this person here?"
she exclaimed, "you promised me, my dear, that there should
be no ventilators in our new house."  "Nor are they any," said I;
"but what makes you think that the stranger is a Woman?
I see by my power of Sight Recognition --"

"Oh, I have no patience with your Sight Recognition," replied she,
"`Feeling is believing' and `A Straight Line to the touch is worth
a Circle to the sight'"--two Proverbs, very common with the Frailer
Sex in Flatland.

"Well," said I, for I was afraid of irritating her, "if it must be so,
demand an introduction."  Assuming her most gracious manner, my Wife
advanced towards the Stranger, "Permit me, Madam to feel and be felt by--"
then, suddenly recoiling, "Oh! it is not a Woman, and there are no angles
either, not a trace of one.  Can it be that I have so misbehaved
to a perfect Circle?"

"I am indeed, in a certain sense a Circle," replied the Voice,
"and a more perfect Circle than any in Flatland; but to speak more
accurately, I am many Circles in one."  Then he added more mildly,
"I have a message, dear Madam, to your husband, which I must not
deliver in your presence; and, if you would suffer us to retire
for a few minutes --"  But my wife would not listen to the proposal
that our august Visitor should so incommode himself, and assuring
the Circle that the hour of her own retirement had long passed,
with many reiterated apologies for her recent indiscretion,
she at last retreated to her apartment.

I glanced at the half-hour glass.  The last sands had fallen.
The third Millennium had begun.

Footnote 3.  When I say "sitting," of course I do not mean any change
of attitude such as you in Spaceland signify by that word; for as we
have no feet, we can no more "sit" nor "stand" (in your sense of the
word) than one of your soles or flounders.

Nevertheless, we perfectly well recognize the different mental
states of volition implied by "lying," "sitting," and "standing,"
which are to some extent indicated to a beholder by a slight increase
of lustre corresponding to the increase of volition.

But on this, and a thousand other kindred subjects, time forbids me to dwell.

SECTION 16  How the Stranger vainly endeavoured to reveal to me
             in words the mysteries of Spaceland

As soon as the sound of the Peace-cry of my departing Wife had died away,
I began to approach the Stranger with the intention of taking a nearer
view and of bidding him be seated:  but his appearance struck me dumb
and motionless with astonishment.  Without the slightest symptoms
of angularity he nevertheless varied every instant with graduations
of size and brightness scarcely possible for any Figure within the scope
of my experience.  The thought flashed across me that I might have before
me a burglar or cut-throat, some monstrous Irregular Isosceles, who,
by feigning the voice of a Circle, had obtained admission somehow
into the house, and was now preparing to stab me with his acute angle.

In a sitting-room, the absence of Fog (and the season happened
to be remarkably dry), made it difficult for me to trust to Sight
Recognition, especially at the short distance at which I was standing. 
Desperate with fear, I rushed forward with an unceremonious, "You must
permit me, Sir --" and felt him.  My Wife was right.  There was not
the trace of an angle, not the slightest roughness or inequality: 
never in my life had I met with a more perfect Circle.  He remained
motionless while I walked around him, beginning from his eye
and returning to it again.  Circular he was throughout,
a perfectly satisfactory Circle; there could not be a doubt of it.
Then followed a dialogue, which I will endeavour to set down as near
as I can recollect it, omitting only some of my profuse apologies--
for I was covered with shame and humiliation that I, a Square,
should have been guilty of the impertinence of feeling a Circle.
It was commenced by the Stranger with some impatience at the
lengthiness of my introductory process.

Stranger.  Have you felt me enough by this time?  Are you not
introduced to me yet?

I.  Most illustrious Sir, excuse my awkwardness, which arises not
from ignorance of the usages of polite society, but from a little
surprise and nervousness, consequent on this somewhat unexpected visit.
And I beseech you to reveal my indiscretion to no one, and especially
not to my Wife.  But before your Lordship enters into further
communications, would he deign to satisfy the curiosity
of one who would gladly know whence his visitor came?

Stranger.  From Space, from Space, Sir:  whence else?

I.  Pardon me, my Lord, but is not your Lordship already in Space,
your Lordship and his humble servant, even at this moment?

Stranger.  Pooh! what do you know of Space?  Define Space.

I.  Space, my Lord, is height and breadth indefinitely prolonged.

Stranger.  Exactly:  you see you do not even know what Space is. 
You think it is of Two Dimensions only; but I have come to announce
to you a Third--height, breadth, and length.

I.  Your Lordship is pleased to be merry.  We also speak of length
and height, or breadth and thickness, thus denoting Two Dimensions
by four names.

Stranger.  But I mean not only three names, but Three Dimensions.

I.  Would your Lordship indicate or explain to me
in what direction is the Third Dimension, unknown to me?

Stranger.  I came from it.  It is up above and down below.

I.  My Lord means seemingly that it is Northward and Southward.

Stranger.  I mean nothing of the kind.  I mean a direction
in which you cannot look, because you have no eye in your side.

I.  Pardon me, my Lord, a moment's inspection will convince your Lordship
that I have a perfectly luminary at the juncture of my two sides.

Stranger:  Yes:  but in order to see into Space you ought to have an eye,
not on your Perimeter, but on your side, that is, on what you would probably
call your inside; but we in Spaceland should call it your side.

I.  An eye in my inside!  An eye in my stomach!  Your Lordship jests.

Stranger.  I am in no jesting humour.  I tell you that I come from Space,
or, since you will not understand what Space means, from the Land
of Three Dimensions whence I but lately looked down upon your Plane
which you call Space forsooth.  From that position of advantage
I discerned all that you speak of as SOLID (by which you mean
"enclosed on four sides"), your houses, your churches,
your very chests and safes, yes even your insides and stomachs,
all lying open and exposed to my view.

I.  Such assertions are easily made, my Lord.

Stranger.  But not easily proved, you mean.  But I mean to prove mine.

When I descended here, I saw your four Sons, the Pentagons,
each in his apartment, and your two Grandsons the Hexagons;
I saw your youngest Hexagon remain a while with you and then
retire to his room, leaving you and your Wife alone.
I saw your Isosceles servants, three in number,
in the kitchen at supper, and the little Page
in the scullery.  Then I came here, and how do you think I came?

I.  Through the roof, I suppose.

Strange.  Not so.  Your roof, as you know very well, has been
recently repaired, and has no aperture by which even a Woman
could penetrate.  I tell you I come from Space.  Are you not convinced
by what I have told you of your children and household?

I.  Your Lordship must be aware that such facts touching
the belongings of his humble servant might be easily ascertained
by any one of the neighbourhood possessing your Lordship's
ample means of information.

Stranger.  (TO HIMSELF.)  What must I do?  Stay; one more
argument suggests itself to me.  When you see a Straight Line--
your wife, for example--how many Dimensions do you attribute to her?

I.  Your Lordship would treat me as if I were one of the vulgar who,
being ignorant of Mathematics, suppose that a Woman is really a Straight Line,
and only of One Dimension.  No, no, my Lord; we Squares are better advised,
and are as well aware of your Lordship that a Woman, though popularly
called a Straight Line, is, really and scientifically,
a very thin Parallelogram, possessing Two Dimensions,
like the rest of us, viz., length and breadth (or thickness).

Stranger.  But the very fact that a Line is visible implies
that it possesses yet another Dimension.

I.  My Lord, I have just acknowledged that a Woman is broad as well as long.
We see her length, we infer her breadth; which, though very slight,
is capable of measurement.

Stranger.  You do not understand me.  I mean that when you see a Woman,
you ought--besides inferring her breadth--to see her length,
and to SEE what we call her HEIGHT; although the last Dimension
is infinitesimal in your country.  If a Line were mere length
without "height," it would cease to occupy Space and would become invisible.
Surely you must recognize this?

I.  I must indeed confess that I do not in the least understand
your Lordship.  When we in Flatland see a Line, we see length
and BRIGHTNESS.  If the brightness disappears, the Line is extinguished,
and, as you say, ceases to occupy Space.  But am I to suppose that
your Lordship gives the brightness the title of a Dimension,
and that what we call "bright" you call "high"?

Stranger.  No, indeed.  By "height" I mean a Dimension like your length:
only, with you, "height" is not so easily perceptible, being extremely small.

I.  My Lord, your assertion is easily put to the test.  You say
I have a Third Dimension, which you call "height."  Now, Dimension
implies direction and measurement.  Do but measure my "height,"
or merely indicate to me the direction in which my "height" extends,
and I will become your convert.  Otherwise, your Lordship's
own understand must hold me excused.

Stranger.  (TO HIMSELF.)  I can do neither.  How shall I convince him?
Surely a plain statement of facts followed by ocular demonstration ought
to suffice.  --Now, Sir; listen to me.

You are living on a Plane.  What you style Flatland is the vast level
surface of what I may call a fluid, or in, the top of which you and your
countrymen move about, without rising above or falling below it.

I am not a plane Figure, but a Solid.  You call me a Circle; but in
reality I am not a Circle, but an infinite number of Circles, of size
varying from a Point to a Circle of thirteen inches in diameter,
one placed on the top of the other.  When I cut through your plane as
I am now doing, I make in your plane a section which you, very rightly,
call a Circle.  For even a Sphere--which is my proper name in my own
country--if he manifest himself at all to an inhabitant of Flatland--
must needs manifest himself as a Circle.

Do you not remember--for I, who see all things, discerned last
night the phantasmal vision of Lineland written upon your brain--
do you not remember, I say, how when you entered the realm of Lineland,
you were compelled to manifest yourself to the King, not as a Square,
but as a Line, because that Linear Realm had not Dimensions enough
to represent the whole of you, but only a slice or section of you?
In precisely the same way, your country of Two Dimensions is not spacious
enough to represent me, a being of Three, but can only exhibit a slice
or section of me, which is what you call a Circle.

The diminished brightness of your eye indicates incredulity.
But now prepare to receive proof positive of the truth of my assertions. 
You cannot indeed see more than one of my sections, or Circles, at a time;
for you have no power to raise your eye out of the plane of Flatland;
but you can at least see that, as I rise in Space, so my sections
become smaller.  See now, I will rise; and the effect upon your eye
will be that my Circle will become smaller and smaller till it dwindles
to a point and finally vanishes.

There was no "rising" that I could see; but he diminished and
finally vanished.  I winked once or twice to make sure that
I was not dreaming.  But it was no dream.  For from the depths
of nowhere came forth a hollow voice--close to my heart it seemed--
"Am I quite gone?  Are you convinced now?  Well, now I will gradually
return to Flatland and you shall see my section become larger and larger."

Every reader in Spaceland will easily understand that my mysterious Guest
was speaking the language of truth and even of simplicity.  But to me,
proficient though I was in Flatland Mathematics, it was by no means
a simple matter.  The rough diagram given above will make it clear
to any Spaceland child that the Sphere, ascending in the three positions
indicated there, must needs have manifested himself to me, or to any
Flatlander, as a Circle, at first of full size, then small, and at last
very small indeed, approaching to a Point.  But to me, although I saw
the facts before me, the causes were as dark as ever.  All that I could
comprehend was, that the Circle had made himself smaller and vanished,
and that he had now re-appeared and was rapidly making himself larger.

When he regained his original size, he heaved a deep sigh; for he
perceived by my silence that I had altogether failed to comprehend
him.  And indeed I was now inclining to the belief that he must be
no Circle at all, but some extremely clever juggler; or else that
the old wives' tales were true, and that after all there were such
people as Enchanters and Magicians.

After a long pause he muttered to himself, "One resource alone remains,
if I am not to resort to action.  I must try the method of Analogy."
Then followed a still longer silence, after which he continued our dialogue.

Sphere.  Tell me, Mr. Mathematician; if a Point moves Northward,
and leaves a luminous wake, what name would you give to the wake?

I.  A straight Line.

Sphere.  And a straight Line has how many extremities?

I.  Two.

Sphere.  Now conceive the Northward straight Line moving parallel
to itself, East and West, so that every point in it leaves behind
it the wake of a straight Line.  What name will you give to the Figure
thereby formed?  We will suppose that it moves through a distance equal
to the original straight line. --What name, I say?

I.  A square.

Sphere.  And how many sides has a Square?  How many angles?

I.  Four sides and four angles.

Sphere.  Now stretch your imagination a little, and conceive a Square
in Flatland, moving parallel to itself upward.

I.  What?  Northward?

Sphere.  No, not Northward; upward; out of Flatland altogether.

If it moved Northward, the Southern points in the Square
would have to move through the positions previously occupied
by the Northern points.  But that is not my meaning.

I mean that every Point in you--for you are a Square and will serve
the purpose of my illustration--every Point in you, that is to say
in what you call your inside, is to pass upwards through Space
in such a way that no Point shall pass through the position previously
occupied by any other Point; but each Point shall describe a straight
Line of its own.  This is all in accordance with Analogy;
surely it must be clear to you.

Restraining my impatience--for I was now under a strong temptation
to rush blindly at my Visitor and to precipitate him into Space,
or out of Flatland, anywhere, so that I could get rid of him--I replied:--

"And what may be the nature of the Figure which I am to shape out
by this motion which you are pleased to denote by the word `upward'? 
I presume it is describable in the language of Flatland."

Sphere.  Oh, certainly.  It is all plain and simple, and in strict
accordance with Analogy--only, by the way, you must not speak of the
result as being a Figure, but as a Solid.  But I will describe it to you.
Or rather not I, but Analogy.

We began with a single Point, which of course--being itself a Point--
has only ONE terminal Point.

One Point produces a Line with TWO terminal Points.

One Line produces a Square with FOUR terminal Points.

Now you can give yourself the answer to your own question:  1, 2,
4, are evidently in Geometrical Progression.  What is the next number?

I.  Eight.

Sphere.  Exactly.  The one Square produces a SOMETHING-WHICH-YOU-
DO-NOT-AS-YET-KNOW-A-NAME-FOR-BUT-WHICH-WE-CALL-A-CUBE with EIGHT
terminal Points.  Now are you convinced?

I.  And has this Creature sides, as well as Angles or what you call
"terminal Points"?

Sphere.  Of course; and all according to Analogy.  But, by the way,
not what YOU call sides, but what WE call sides.  You would call them SOLIDS.

I.  And how many solids or sides will appertain to this Being whom
I am to generate by the motion of my inside in an "upward" direction,
and whom you call a Cube?

Sphere.  How can you ask?  And you a mathematician!  The side of anything
is always, if I may so say, one Dimension behind the thing.  Consequently,
as there is no Dimension behind a Point, a Point has 0 sides; a Line,
if I may so say, has 2 sides (for the points of a Line may be called
by courtesy, its sides); a Square has 4 sides; 0, 2, 4; what Progression
do you call that?

I.  Arithmetical.

Sphere.  And what is the next number?

I.  Six.

Sphere.  Exactly.  Then you see you have answered your own question.
The Cube which you will generate will be bounded by six sides,
that is to say, six of your insides.  You see it all now, eh?

"Monster," I shrieked, "be thou juggler, enchanter, dream, or
devil, no more will I endure thy mockeries.  Either thou or I must
perish."  And saying these words I precipitated myself upon him.

SECTION 17  How the Sphere, having in vain tried words, resorted to deeds

It was in vain.  I brought my hardest right angle into violent collision
with the Stranger, pressing on him with a force sufficient to have destroyed
any ordinary Circle:  but I could feel him slowly and unarrestably slipping
from my contact; not edging to the right nor to the left, but moving somehow
out of the world, and vanishing into nothing.  Soon there was a blank.
But still I heard the Intruder's voice.

Sphere.  Why will you refuse to listen to reason?  I had hoped to find
in you--as being a man of sense and an accomplished mathematician--
a fit apostle for the Gospel of the Three Dimensions, which I am allowed
to preach once only in a thousand years:  but now I know not how
to convince you.  Stay, I have it.  Deeds, and not words,
shall proclaim the truth.  Listen, my friend.

I have told you I can see from my position in Space the inside
of all things that you consider closed.  For example, I see in yonder
cupboard near which you are standing, several of what you call boxes
(but like everything else in Flatland, they have no tops or bottom)
full of money; I see also two tablets of accounts.  I am about
to descend into that cupboard and to bring you one of those tablets.
I saw you lock the cupboard half an hour ago, and I know you have
the key in your possession.  But I descend from Space; the doors, you see,
remain unmoved.  Now I am in the cupboard and am taking the tablet. 
Now I have it.  Now I ascend with it.

I rushed to the closet and dashed the door open.  One of the tablets
was gone.  With a mocking laugh, the Stranger appeared in the other
corner of the room, and at the same time the tablet appeared upon the floor.
I took it up.  There could be no doubt--it was the missing tablet.

I groaned with horror, doubting whether I was not out of my sense;
but the Stranger continued:  "Surely you must now see that my explanation,
and no other, suits the phenomena.  What you call Solid things are really
superficial; what you call Space is really nothing but a great Plane.
I am in Space, and look down upon the insides of the things of which
you only see the outsides.  You could leave the Plane yourself,
if you could but summon up the necessary volition.  A slight upward
or downward motion would enable you to see all that I can see.

"The higher I mount, and the further I go from your Plane,
the more I can see, though of course I see it on a smaller scale.
For example, I am ascending; now I can see your neighbour the Hexagon
and his family in their several apartments; now I see the inside of
the Theatre, ten doors off, from which the audience is only just departing;
and on the other side a Circle in his study, sitting at his books.
Now I shall come back to you.  And, as a crowning proof, what do
you say to my giving you a touch, just the least touch, in your stomach?
It will not seriously injure you, and the slight pain you may suffer
cannot be compared with the mental benefit you will receive."

Before I could utter a word of remonstrance, I felt a shooting pain
in my inside, and a demoniacal laugh seemed to issue from within me.
A moment afterwards the sharp agony had ceased, leaving nothing but
a dull ache behind, and the Stranger began to reappear, saying,
as he gradually increased in size, "There, I have not hurt you much,
have I?  If you are not convinced now, I don't know what will convince you.
What say you?"

My resolution was taken.  It seemed intolerable that I should endure
existence subject to the arbitrary visitations of a Magician who could
thus play tricks with one's very stomach.  If only I could in any way
manage to pin him against the wall till help came!

Once more I dashed my hardest angle against him, at the same time
alarming the whole household by my cries for aid.  I believe,
at the moment of my onset, the Stranger had sunk below our Plane,
and really found difficulty in rising.  In any case he remained motionless,
while I, hearing, as I thought, the sound of some help approaching,
pressed against him with redoubled vigor, and continued to shout
for assistance.

A convulsive shudder ran through the Sphere.  "This must not be,"
I thought I heard him say:  "either he must listen to reason,
or I must have recourse to the last resource of civilization."
Then, addressing me in a louder tone, he hurriedly exclaimed, "Listen:
no stranger must witness what you have witnessed.  Send your Wife back
at once, before she enters the apartment.  The Gospel of Three Dimensions
must not be thus frustrated.  Not thus must the fruits of one thousand
years of waiting be thrown away.  I hear her coming.  Back! back! 
Away from me, or you must go with me--wither you know not--into
the Land of Three Dimensions!"

"Fool!  Madman!  Irregular!" I exclaimed; "never will I release thee;
thou shalt pay the penalty of thine impostures."

"Ha!  Is it come to this?" thundered the Stranger:  "then meet your fate:
out of your Plane you go.  Once, twice, thrice!  `Tis done!"

SECTION 18  How I came to Spaceland, and what I saw there

An unspeakable horror seized me.  There was a darkness; then a dizzy,
sickening sensation of sight that was not like seeing; I saw a Line
that was no Line; Space that was not Space:  I was myself, and not myself.
When I could find voice, I shrieked loud in agony, "Either this is madness
or it is Hell."  "It is neither," calmly replied the voice of the Sphere,
"it is Knowledge; it is Three Dimensions:  open your eye once again
and try to look steadily."

I looked, and, behold, a new world!  There stood before me,
visibly incorporate, all that I had before inferred, conjectured,
dreamed, of perfect Circular beauty.  What seemed the centre
of the Stranger's form lay open to my view:  yet I could see no heart,
lungs, nor arteries, only a beautiful harmonious Something--
for which I had no words; but you, my Readers in Spaceland,
would call it the surface of the Sphere.

Prostrating myself mentally before my Guide, I cried, "How is it,
O divine ideal of consummate loveliness and wisdom that I see thy
inside, and yet cannot discern thy heart, thy lungs, thy arteries,
thy liver?"  "What you think you see, you see not," he replied;
"it is not giving to you, nor to any other Being, to behold
my internal parts. I am of a different order of Beings
from those in Flatland.  Were I a Circle, you could
discern my intestines, but I am a Being, composed
as I told you before, of many Circles, the Many in the One,
called in this country a Sphere.  And, just as the outside
of a Cube is a Square, so the outside of a Sphere represents
the appearance of a Circle."

Bewildered though I was by my Teacher's enigmatic utterance,
I no longer chafed against it, but worshipped him in silent adoration.
He continued, with more mildness in his voice.  "Distress not yourself
if you cannot at first understand the deeper mysteries of Spaceland.
By degrees they will dawn upon you.  Let us begin by casting back
a glance at the region whence you came.  Return with me a while to
the plains of Flatland and I will shew you that which you have often
reasoned and thought about, but never seen with the sense of sight--
a visible angle."  "Impossible!" I cried; but, the Sphere leading the way,
I followed as if in a dream, till once more his voice arrested me:
"Look yonder, and behold your own Pentagonal house, and all its inmates."

I looked below, and saw with my physical eye all that domestic
individuality which I had hitherto merely inferred with
the understanding.  And how poor and shadowy was the inferred conjecture
in comparison with the reality which I now behold!  My four Sons
calmly asleep in the North-Western rooms, my two orphan Grandsons
to the South; the Servants, the Butler, my Daughter, all in their
several apartments.  Only my affectionate Wife, alarmed by my continued
absence, had quitted her room and was roving up and down in the Hall,
anxiously awaiting my return.  Also the Page, aroused by my cries,
had left his room, and under pretext of ascertaining whether I had
fallen somewhere in a faint, was prying into the cabinet in my study.
All this I could now SEE, not merely infer; and as we came nearer
and nearer, I could discern even the contents of my cabinet, and the
two chests of gold, and the tablets of which the Sphere had made mention.

Touched by my Wife's distress, I would have sprung downward
to reassure her, but I found myself incapable of motion.
"Trouble not yourself about your Wife," said my Guide:
"she will not be long left in anxiety; meantime,
let us take a survey of Flatland."

Once more I felt myself rising through space.  It was even as
the Sphere had said.  The further we receded from the object we beheld,
the larger became the field of vision.  My native city, with
the interior of every house and every creature therein, lay open
to my view in miniature.  We mounted higher, and lo, the secrets
of the earth, the depths of the mines and inmost caverns of the hills,
were bared before me.

Awestruck at the sight of the mysteries of the earth, thus unveiled
before my unworthy eye, I said to my Companion, "Behold, I am become
as a God.  For the wise men in our country say that to see all things,
or as they express it, OMNIVIDENCE, is the attribute of God alone."
There was something of scorn in the voice of my Teacher as he made answer:
"it is so indeed?  Then the very pick-pockets and cut-throats
of my country are to be worshipped by your wise men as being Gods:
for there is not one of them that does not see as much as you see now.
But trust me, your wise men are wrong."

I.  Then is omnividence the attribute of others besides Gods?

Sphere.  I do not know.  But, if a pick-pocket or a cut-throat
of our country can see everything that is in your country, surely
that is no reason why the pick-pocket or cut-throat should be accepted
by you as a God.  This omnividence, as you call it--it is not a common word
in Spaceland--does it make you more just, more merciful, less selfish,
more loving?  Not in the least.  Then how does it make you more divine?

I.  "More merciful, more loving!"  But these are the qualities of women!
And we know that a Circle is a higher Being than a Straight Line,
in so far as knowledge and wisdom are more to be esteemed than mere affection.

Sphere.  It is not for me to classify human faculties according to merit.
Yet many of the best and wisest in Spaceland think more of the affections
than of the understand, more of your despised Straight Lines than of your
belauded Circles.  But enough of this.  Look yonder.  Do you know
that building?

I looked, and afar off I saw an immense Polygonal structure,
in which I recognized the General Assembly Hall of the States
of Flatland, surrounded by dense lines of Pentagonal buildings
at right angles to each other, which I knew to be streets;
and I perceived that I was approaching the great Metropolis.

"Here we descend," said my Guide.  It was now morning, the first
hour of the first day of the two thousandth year of our era.
Acting, as was their wont, in strict accordance with precedent,
the highest Circles of the realm were meeting in solemn conclave,
as they had met on the first hour of the first day of the year 1000,
and also on the first hour of the first day of the year 0.

The minutes of the previous meetings were now read by one whom
I at once recognized as my brother, a perfectly Symmetrical Square,
and the Chief Clerk of the High Council.  It was found recorded on
each occasion that:  "Whereas the States had been troubled by divers
ill-intentioned persons pretending to have received revelations
from another World, and professing to produce demonstrations whereby
they had instigated to frenzy both themselves and others, it had been
for this cause unanimously resolved by the Grand Council that on the
first day of each millenary, special injunctions be sent to the Prefects
in the several districts of Flatland, to make strict search for such
misguided persons, and without formality of mathematical examination,
to destroy all such as were Isosceles of any degree, to scourge
and imprison any regular Triangle, to cause any Square or Pentagon
to be sent to the district Asylum, and to arrest any one of higher rank,
sending him straightway to the Capital to be examined and judged
by the Council."

"You hear your fate," said the Sphere to me, while the Council
was passing for the third time the formal resolution.  "Death or
imprisonment awaits the Apostle of the Gospel of Three Dimensions." 
"Not so," replied I, "the matter is now so clear to me, the nature of real
space so palpable, that methinks I could make a child understand it.
Permit me but to descend at this moment and enlighten them."
"Not yet," said my Guide, "the time will come for that.
Meantime I must perform my mission.  Stay thou there in thy place."
Saying these words, he leaped with great dexterity into the sea
(if I may so call it) of Flatland, right in the midst of the ring
of Counsellors.  "I come," said he, "to proclaim that there is a land
of Three Dimensions."

I could see many of the younger Counsellors start back in manifest horror,
as the Sphere's circular section widened before them.  But on a sign from
the presiding Circle--who shewed not the slightest alarm or surprise--
six Isosceles of a low type from six different quarters rushed upon the Sphere.
"We have him," they cried; "No; yes; we have him still! he's going! he's gone!"

"My Lords," said the President to the Junior Circles of the Council,
"there is not the slightest need for surprise; the secret archives,
to which I alone have access, tell me that a similar occurrence
happened on the last two millennial commencements.  You will,
of course, say nothing of these trifles outside the Cabinet."

Raising his voice, he now summoned the guards.  "Arrest the policemen;
gag them.  You know your duty."  After he had consigned to their fate
the wretched policemen--ill-fated and unwilling witnesses
of a State-secret which they were not to be permitted to reveal--
he again addressed the Counsellors.  "My Lords, the business of the
Council being concluded, I have only to wish you a happy New Year."
Before departing, he expressed, at some length, to the Clerk,
my excellent but most unfortunate brother, his sincere regret that,
in accordance with precedent and for the sake of secrecy, he must condemn
him to perpetual imprisonment, but added his satisfaction that,
unless some mention were made by him of that day's incident,
his life would be spared.

SECTION 19  How, though the Sphere shewed me other mysteries of
            Spaceland, I still desire more; and what came of it

When I saw my poor brother led away to imprisonment, I attempted to leap
down into the Council Chamber, desiring to intercede on his behalf,
or at least bid him farewell.  But I found that I had no motion of my own.
I absolutely depended on the volition of my Guide, who said in gloomy tones,
"Heed not thy brother; haply thou shalt have ample time hereafter
to condole with him.  Follow me."

Once more we ascended into space.  "Hitherto," said the Sphere,
"I have shewn you naught save Plane Figures and their interiors.
Now I must introduce you to Solids, and reveal to you the plan upon which
they are constructed.  Behold this multitude of moveable square cards.
See, I put one on another, not, as you supposed, Northward of the other,
but ON the other.  Now a second, now a third.  See, I am building up
a Solid by a multitude of Squares parallel to one another.
Now the Solid is complete, being as high as it is long and broad,
and we call it a Cube."

"Pardon me, my Lord," replied I; "but to my eye the appearance
is as of an Irregular Figure whose inside is laid open to view;
in other words, methinks I see no Solid, but a Plane such as we
infer in Flatland; only of an Irregularity which betokens some
monstrous criminal, so that the very sight of it is painful to my eyes."

"True," said the Sphere; "it appears to you a Plane, because you
are not accustomed to light and shade and perspective; just as in
Flatland a Hexagon would appear a Straight Line to one who has not
the Art of Sight Recognition.  But in reality it is a Solid,
as you shall learn by the sense of Feeling."

He then introduced me to the Cube, and I found that this marvellous
Being was indeed no Plane, but a Solid; and that he was endowed with
six plane sides and eight terminal points called solid angles;
and I remembered the saying of the Sphere that just such a Creature
as this would be formed by the Square moving, in Space, parallel to himself:
and I rejoiced to think that so insignificant a Creature as I could
in some sense be called the Progenitor of so illustrious an offspring.

But still I could not fully understand the meaning of what my Teacher
had told me concerning "light" and "shade" and "perspective";
and I did not hesitate to put my difficulties before him.

Were I to give the Sphere's explanation of these matters, succinct
and clear though it was, it would be tedious to an inhabitant of Space,
who knows these things already.  Suffice it, that by his lucid statements,
and by changing the position of objects and lights, and by allowing me
to feel the several objects and even his own sacred Person, he at last
made all things clear to me, so that I could now readily distinguish
between a Circle and a Sphere, a Plane Figure and a Solid.

This was the Climax, the Paradise, of my strange eventful History. 
Henceforth I have to relate the story of my miserable Fall:--most miserable,
yet surely most undeserved!  For why should the thirst for knowledge
be aroused, only to be disappointed and punished?  My volition shrinks
from the painful task of recalling my humiliation; yet, like a second
Prometheus, I will endure this and worse, if by any means I may arouse
in the interiors of Plane and Solid Humanity a spirit of rebellion against
the Conceit which would limit our Dimensions to Two or Three or any number
short of Infinity.  Away then with all personal considerations!
Let me continue to the end, as I began, without further digressions
or anticipations, pursuing the plain path of dispassionate History.
The exact facts, the exact words,--and they are burnt in upon my brain,
--shall be set down without alteration of an iota; and let my Readers
judge between me and Destiny.

The Sphere would willingly have continued his lessons by
indoctrinating me in the conformation of all regular Solids,
Cylinders, Cones, Pyramids, Pentahedrons, Hexahedrons, Dodecahedrons,
and Spheres:  but I ventured to interrupt him.  Not that I was wearied
of knowledge.  On the contrary, I thirsted for yet deeper and fuller
draughts than he was offering to me.

"Pardon me," said I, "O Thou Whom I must no longer address as the Perfection
of all Beauty; but let me beg thee to vouchsafe thy servant a sight
of thine interior."

Sphere.  My what?

I.  Thine interior:  thy stomach, thy intestines.

Sphere.  Whence this ill-timed impertinent request?  And what mean
you by saying that I am no longer the Perfection of all Beauty?

I.  My Lord, your own wisdom has taught me to aspire to One even more great,
more beautiful, and more closely approximate to Perfection than yourself.
As you yourself, superior to all Flatland forms, combine many Circles in One,
so doubtless there is One above you who combines many Spheres
in One Supreme Existence, surpassing even the Solids of Spaceland.
And even as we, who are now in Space, look down on Flatland
and see the insides of all things, so of a certainty there is yet
above us some higher, purer region, whither thou dost surely purpose
to lead me--O Thou Whom I shall always call, everywhere and in all Dimensions,
my Priest, Philosopher, and Friend--some yet more spacious Space,
some more dimensionable Dimensionality, from the vantage-ground
of which we shall look down together upon the revealed insides
of Solid things, and where thine own intestines, and those
of thy kindred Spheres, will lie exposed to the view of the poor
wandering exile from Flatland, to whom so much has already been vouchsafed.

Sphere.  Pooh!  Stuff!  Enough of this trifling!  The time is short,
and much remains to be done before you are fit to proclaim the Gospel
of Three Dimensions to your blind benighted countrymen in Flatland.

I.  Nay, gracious Teacher, deny me not what I know it is in thy
power to reform.  Grant me but one glimpse of thine interior,
and I am satisfied for ever, remaining henceforth thy docile pupil,
thy unemacipable slave, ready to receive all thy teachings and to feed
upon the words that fall from thy lips.

Sphere.  Well, then, to content and silence you, let me say at once,
I would shew you what you wish if I could; but I cannot.  Would you
have me turn my stomach inside out to oblige you?

I.  But my Lord has shewn me the intestines of all my countrymen in
the Land of Two Dimensions by taking me with him into the Land of Three.
What therefore more easy than now to take his servant on a second journey
into the blessed region of the Fourth Dimension, where I shall look down
with him once more upon this land of Three Dimensions, and see the inside
of every three-dimensioned house, the secrets of the solid earth,
the treasures of the mines of Spaceland, and the intestines of every
solid living creature, even the noble and adorable Spheres.

Sphere.  But where is this land of Four Dimensions?

I.  I know not:  but doubtless my Teacher knows.

Sphere.  Not I.  There is no such land.  The very idea of it is
utterly inconceivable.

I.  Not inconceivable, my Lord, to me, and therefore still less
inconceivable to my Master.  Nay, I despair not that, even here,
in this region of Three Dimensions, your Lordship's art may make
the Fourth Dimension visible to me; just as in the Land of
Two Dimensions my Teacher's skill would fain have opened the eyes
of his blind servant to the invisible presence of a Third Dimension,
though I saw it not.

Let me recall the past.  Was I not taught below that when I saw a Line
and inferred a Plane, I in reality saw a Third unrecognized Dimension,
not the same as brightness, called "height"?  And does it not
now follow that, in this region, when I see a Plane and infer a Solid,
I really see a Fourth unrecognized Dimension, not the same as colour,
but existent, though infinitesimal and incapable of measurement?

And besides this, there is the Argument from Analogy of Figures.

Sphere.  Analogy!  Nonsense:  what analogy?

I.  Your Lordship tempts his servant to see whether he remembers
the revelations imparted to him.  Trifle not with me, my Lord;
I crave, I thirst, for more knowledge.  Doubtless we cannot SEE that
other higher Spaceland now, because we have no eye in our stomachs. 
But, just as there WAS the realm of Flatland, though that poor puny
Lineland Monarch could neither turn to left nor right to discern it,
and just as there WAS close at hand, and touching my frame, the land
of Three Dimensions, though I, blind senseless wretch, had no power
to touch it, no eye in my interior to discern it, so of a surety there
is a Fourth Dimension, which my Lord perceives with the inner eye
of thought.  And that it must exist my Lord himself has taught me.
Or can he have forgotten what he himself imparted to his servant?

In One Dimension, did not a moving Point produce a Line with TWO
terminal points?

In Two Dimensions, did not a moving Line produce a Square with FOUR
terminal points?

In Three Dimensions, did not a moving Square produce--did not
this eye of mine behold it--that blessed Being, a Cube, with EIGHT
terminal points?

And in Four Dimensions shall not a moving Cube--alas, for Analogy,
and alas for the Progress of Truth, if it be not so--shall not,
I say, the motion of a divine Cube result in a still more divine
Organization with SIXTEEN terminal points?

Behold the infallible confirmation of the Series, 2, 4, 8, 16:  is
not this a Geometrical Progression?  Is not this--if I might quote
my Lord's own words--"strictly according to Analogy"?

Again, was I not taught by my Lord that as in a Line there are TWO
bounding Points, and in a Square there are FOUR bounding Lines,
so in a Cube there must be SIX bounding Squares?  Behold once more
the confirming Series, 2, 4, 6:  is not this an Arithmetical Progression?
And consequently does it not of necessity follow that the more divine
offspring of the divine Cube in the Land of Four Dimensions,
must have 8 bounding Cubes: and is not this also, as my Lord
has taught me to believe, "strictly according to Analogy"?
O, my Lord, my Lord, behold, I cast myself in faith upon conjecture,
not knowing the facts; and I appeal to your Lordship to confirm
or deny my logical anticipations.  If I am wrong, I yield,
and will no longer demand a Fourth Dimension; but,
if I am right, my Lord will listen to reason.

I ask therefore, is it, or is it not, the fact, that ere now your
countrymen also have witnessed the descent of Beings of a higher order
than their own, entering closed rooms, even as your Lordship entered mine,
without the opening of doors or windows, and appearing and vanishing at will?
On the reply to this question I am ready to stake everything.  Deny it,
and I am henceforth silent.  Only vouchsafe an answer.

Sphere (AFTER A PAUSE).  It is reported so.  But men are divided
in opinion as to the facts.  And even granting the facts, they explain
them in different ways.  And in any case, however great may be the
number of different explanations, no one has adopted or suggested
the theory of a Fourth Dimension.  Therefore, pray have done with
this trifling, and let us return to business.

I.  I was certain of it.  I was certain that my anticipations
would be fulfilled.  And now have patience with me and answer me
yet one more question, best of Teachers!  Those who have thus appeared--
no one knows whence--and have returned--no one knows whither--
have they also contracted their sections and vanished somehow into
that more Spacious Space, whither I now entreat you to conduct me?

Sphere (MOODILY).  They have vanished, certainly--if they ever appeared.
But most people say that these visions arose from the thought--you will not
understand me--from the brain; from the perturbed angularity of the Seer.

I.  Say they so?  Oh, believe them not.  Or if it indeed be so,
that this other Space is really Thoughtland, then take me to that
blessed Region where I in Thought shall see the insides of all solid
things.  There, before my ravished eye, a Cube moving in some
altogether new direction, but strictly according to Analogy, so as to
make every particle of his interior pass through a new kind of Space,
with a wake of its own--shall create a still more perfect perfection
than himself, with sixteen terminal Extra-solid angles, and Eight
solid Cubes for his Perimeter.  And once there, shall we stay our
upward course?  In that blessed region of Four Dimensions, shall we
linger at the threshold of the Fifth, and not enter therein?  Ah, no! 
Let us rather resolve that our ambition shall soar with our corporal
ascent.  Then, yielding to our intellectual onset, the gates of the
Six Dimension shall fly open; after that a Seventh, and then an Eighth--

How long I should have continued I know not.  In vain did the Sphere,
in his voice of thunder, reiterate his command of silence,
and threaten me with the direst penalties if I persisted.
Nothing could stem the flood of my ecstatic aspirations.
Perhaps I was to blame; but indeed I was intoxicated with
the recent draughts of Truth to which he himself had introduced me.
However, the end was not long in coming.  My words were cut short
by a crash outside, and a simultaneous crash inside me,
which impelled me through space with a velocity that precluded speech.
Down! down! down!  I was rapidly descending; and I knew that return
to Flatland was my doom.  One glimpse, one last and never-to-be-forgotten
glimpse I had of that dull level wilderness--which was now to become
my Universe again-- spread out before my eye.  Then a darkness.
Then a final, all-consummating thunder-peal; and, when I came to myself,
I was once more a common creeping Square, in my Study at home,
listening to the Peace- Cry of my approaching Wife.

SECTION 20  How the Sphere encouraged me in a Vision.

Although I had less than a minute for reflection, I felt, by a kind
of instinct, that I must conceal my experiences from my Wife.
Not that I apprehended, at the moment, any danger from her divulging
my secret, but I knew that to any Woman in Flatland the narrative of my
adventures must needs be unintelligible.  So I endeavoured to reassure
her by some story, invented for the occasion, that I had accidentally
fallen through the trap-door of the cellar, and had there lain stunned.

The Southward attraction in our country is so slight that even
to a Woman my tale necessarily appeared extraordinary and well-nigh
incredible; but my Wife, whose good sense far exceeds that of the
average of her Sex, and who perceived that I was unusually excited,
did not argue with me on the subject, but insisted that I was ill
and required repose.  I was glad of an excuse for retiring to my chamber
to think quietly over what had happened.  When I was at last by myself,
a drowsy sensation fell on me; but before my eyes closed I endeavoured
to reproduce the Third Dimension, and especially the process by which
a Cube is constructed through the motion of a Square.  It was not
so clear as I could have wished; but I remembered that it must be
"Upward, and yet not Northward," and I determined steadfastly
to retain these words as the clue which, if firmly grasped,
could not fail to guide me to the solution.  So mechanically
repeating, like a charm, the words, "Upward, yet not Northward,"
I fell into a sound refreshing sleep.

During my slumber I had a dream.  I thought I was once more
by the side of the Sphere, whose lustrous hue betokened that
he had exchanged his wrath against me for perfectly placability.
We were moving together towards a bright but infinitesimally small Point,
to which my Master directed my attention.  As we approached, methought
there issued from it a slight humming noise as from one of your Spaceland
bluebottles, only less resonant by far, so slight indeed that even
in the perfect stillness of the Vacuum through which we soared,
the sound reached not our ears till we checked our flight
at a distance from it of something under twenty human diagonals.

"Look yonder," said my Guide, "in Flatland thou hast lived;
of Lineland thou hast received a vision; thou hast soared with me
to the heights of Spaceland; now, in order to complete the range
of thy experience, I conduct thee downward to the lowest depth of existence,
even to the realm of Pointland, the Abyss of No dimensions.

"Behold yon miserable creature.  That Point is a Being like ourselves,
but confined to the non-dimensional Gulf.  He is himself his own World,
his own Universe; of any other than himself he can form no conception;
he knows not Length, nor Breadth, nor Height, for he has had no
experience of them; he has no cognizance even of the number Two;
nor has he a thought of Plurality; for he is himself his One and All,
being really Nothing.  Yet mark his perfect self-contentment,
and hence learn his lesson, that to be self-contented is to be vile
and ignorant, and that to aspire is better than to be blindly
and impotently happy.  Now listen."

He ceased; and there arose from the little buzzing creature a tiny,
low, monotonous, but distinct tinkling, as from one of your Spaceland
phonographs, from which I caught these words, "Infinite beatitude
of existence!  It is; and there is nothing else beside It."

"What," said I, "does the puny creature mean by `it'?"  "He means
himself," said the Sphere:  "have you not noticed before now,
that babies and babyish people who cannot distinguish themselves
from the world, speak of themselves in the Third Person?  But hush!"

"It fills all Space," continued the little soliloquizing Creature,
"and what It fills, It is.  What It thinks, that It utters;
and what It utters, that It hears; and It itself is Thinker, Utterer,
Hearer, Thought, Word, Audition; it is the One, and yet the All in All.
Ah, the happiness, ah, the happiness of Being!"

"Can you not startle the little thing out of its complacency?" said I.
"Tell it what it really is, as you told me; reveal to it the narrow
limitations of Pointland, and lead it up to something higher."
"That is no easy task," said my Master; "try you."

Hereon, raising by voice to the uttermost, I addressed the Point as follows:

"Silence, silence, contemptible Creature.  You call yourself the
All in All, but you are the Nothing:  your so-called Universe is a
mere speck in a Line, and a Line is a mere shadow as compared with--" 
"Hush, hush, you have said enough," interrupted the Sphere, "now listen,
and mark the effect of your harangue on the King of Pointland."

The lustre of the Monarch, who beamed more brightly than ever upon
hearing my words, shewed clearly that he retained his complacency;
and I had hardly ceased when he took up his strain again.  "Ah,
the joy, ah, the joy of Thought!  What can It not achieve by thinking!
Its own Thought coming to Itself, suggestive of its disparagement,
thereby to enhance Its happiness!  Sweet rebellion stirred up to result
in triumph!  Ah, the divine creative power of the All in One!
Ah, the joy, the joy of Being!"

"You see," said my Teacher, "how little your words have done.
So far as the Monarch understand them at all, he accepts them as his own--
for he cannot conceive of any other except himself--and plumes himself
upon the variety of `Its Thought' as an instance of creative Power.
Let us leave this God of Pointland to the ignorant fruition of his
omnipresence and omniscience:  nothing that you or I can do can rescue
him from his self-satisfaction."

After this, as we floated gently back to Flatland, I could hear
the mild voice of my Companion pointing the moral of my vision,
and stimulating me to aspire, and to teach others to aspire.
He had been angered at first--he confessed--by my ambition to soar
to Dimensions above the Third; but, since then, he had received fresh
insight, and he was not too proud to acknowledge his error to a Pupil. 
Then he proceeded to initiate me into mysteries yet higher than those
I had witnessed, shewing me how to construct Extra-Solids by the motion
of Solids, and Double Extra-Solids by the motion of Extra-Solids,
and all "strictly according to Analogy," all by methods so simple,
so easy, as to be patent even to the Female Sex.

SECTION 21  How I tried to teach the Theory of Three Dimensions
            to my Grandson, and with what success

I awoke rejoicing, and began to reflect on the glorious career before me.
I would go forth, methought, at once, and evangelize the whole of Flatland.
Even to Women and Soldiers should the Gospel of Three Dimensions be proclaimed.
I would begin with my Wife.

Just as I had decided on the plan of my operations, I heard the sound
of many voices in the street commanding silence.  Then followed a louder voice.
It was a herald's proclamation.  Listening attentively, I recognized the words
of the Resolution of the Council, enjoining the arrest, imprisonment,
or execution of any one who should pervert the minds of people by delusions,
and by professing to have received revelations from another World.

I reflected.  This danger was not to be trifled with.  It would
be better to avoid it by omitting all mention of my Revelation,
and by proceeding on the path of Demonstration--which after all,
seemed so simple and so conclusive that nothing would be lost by
discarding the former means.  "Upward, not Northward"--was the clue to
the whole proof.  It had seemed to me fairly clear before I fell asleep;
and when I first awoke, fresh from my dream, it had appeared as patent
as Arithmetic; but somehow it did not seem to me quite so obvious now. 
Though my Wife entered the room opportunely at just that moment,
I decided, after we had exchanged a few words of commonplace conversation,
not to begin with her.

My Pentagonal Sons were men of character and standing, and physicians
of no mean reputation, but not great in mathematics, and, in that respect,
unfit for my purpose.  But it occurred to me that a young and docile Hexagon,
with a mathematical turn, would be a most suitable pupil.  Why therefore
not make my first experiment with my little precocious Grandson,
whose casual remarks on the meaning of three-to-the-third had met
with the approval of the Sphere?  Discussing the matter with him,
a mere boy, I should be in perfect safety; for he would know nothing
of the Proclamation of the Council; whereas I could not feel sure
that my Sons--so greatly did their patriotism and reverence
for the Circles predominate over mere blind affection--
might not feel compelled to hand me over to the Prefect,
if they found me seriously maintaining the seditious
heresy of the Third Dimension.

But the first thing to be done was to satisfy in some way the curiosity
of my Wife, who naturally wished to know something of the reasons
for which the Circle had desired that mysterious interview,
and of the means by which he had entered the house.  Without entering
into the details of the elaborate account I gave her,--an account,
I fear, not quite so consistent with truth as my Readers in Spaceland
might desire,--I must be content with saying that I succeeded
at last in persuading her to return quietly to her household duties
without eliciting from me any reference to the World of Three Dimensions.
This done, I immediately sent for my Grandson; for, to confess the truth,
I felt that all that I had seen and heard was in some strange way slipping
away from me, like the image of a half-grasped, tantalizing dream,
and I longed to essay my skill in making a first disciple.

When my Grandson entered the room I carefully secured the door. 
Then, sitting down by his side and taking our mathematical tablets,--
or, as you would call them, Lines--I told him we would resume
the lesson of yesterday.  I taught him once more how a Point by motion
in One Dimension produces a Line, and how a straight Line in Two
Dimensions produces a Square.  After this, forcing a laugh, I said,
"And now, you scamp, you wanted to make believe that a Square may in
the same way by motion `Upward, not Northward' produce another figure,
a sort of extra square in Three Dimensions.  Say that again, you young rascal."

At this moment we heard once more the herald's "O yes! O yes!"
outside in the street proclaiming the REsolution of the Council. 
Young though he was, my Grandson--who was unusually intelligent
for his age, and bred up in perfect reverence for the authority
of the Circles--took in the situation with an acuteness for which
I was quite unprepared.  He remained silent till the last words
of the Proclamation had died away, and then, bursting into tears,
"Dear Grandpapa," he said, "that was only my fun, and of course I meant
nothing at all by it; and we did not know anything then about the new Law;
and I don't think I said anything about the Third Dimension; and I am sure
I did not say one word about `Upward, not Northward,' for that would be
such nonsense, you know.  How could a thing move Upward, and not Northward?
Upward and not Northward!  Even if I were a baby, I could not be so absurd
as that.  How silly it is!  Ha! ha! ha!"
"Not at all silly," said I, losing my temper; "here for example,
I take this Square," and, at the word, I grasped a moveable Square,
which was lying at hand--"and I move it, you see, not Northward but
--yes, I move it Upward--that is to say, Northward but I move it
somewhere--not exactly like this, but somehow --"  Here I brought
my sentence to an inane conclusion, shaking the Square about in
a purposeless manner, much to the amusement of my Grandson, who burst
out laughing louder than ever, and declared that I was not teaching
him, but joking with him; and so saying he unlocked the door and ran
out of the room.  Thus ended my first attempt to convert a pupil to
the Gospel of Three Dimensions.

SECTION 22  How I then tried to diffuse the Theory of Three
            Dimensions by other means, and of the result

My failure with my Grandson did not encourage me to communicate
my secret to others of my household; yet neither was I led by it
to despair of success.  Only I saw that I must not wholly rely on
the catch-phrase, "Upward, not Northward," but must rather endeavour
to seek a demonstration by setting before the public a clear view
of the whole subject; and for this purpose it seemed necessary
to resort to writing.

So I devoted several months in privacy to the composition
of a treatise on the mysteries of Three Dimensions.  Only,
with the view of evading the Law, if possible, I spoke not
of a physical Dimension, but of a Thoughtland whence, in theory,
a Figure could look down upon Flatland and see simultaneously
the insides of all things, and where it was possible that
there might be supposed to exist a Figure environed,
as it were, with six Squares, and containing eight terminal Points.
But in writing this book I found myself sadly hampered by
the impossibility of drawing such diagrams as were necessary
for my purpose:  for of course, in our country of Flatland,
there are no tablets but Lines, and no diagrams but Lines,
all in one straight Line and only distinguishable by difference
of size and brightness; so that, when I had finished my treatise
(which I entitled, "Through Flatland to Thoughtland")
I could not feel certain that many would understand my meaning.

Meanwhile my wife was under a cloud.  All pleasures palled upon me;
all sights tantalized and tempted me to outspoken treason, because
I could not compare what I saw in Two Dimensions with what it really
was if seen in Three, and could hardly refrain from making my comparisons
aloud.  I neglected my clients and my own business to give myself
to the contemplation of the mysteries which I had once beheld,
yet which I could impart to no one, and found daily more difficult
to reproduce even before my own mental vision.
One day, about eleven months after my return from Spaceland, I tried
to see a Cube with my eye closed, but failed; and though I succeeded
afterwards, I was not then quite certain (nor have I been ever afterwards)
that I had exactly realized the original.  This made me more melancholy
than before, and determined me to take some step; yet what, I knew not.
I felt that I would have been willing to sacrifice my life for the Cause,
if thereby I could have produced conviction.  But if I could not convince
my Grandson, how could I convince the highest and most developed Circles
in the land?

And yet at times my spirit was too strong for me, and I gave vent
to dangerous utterances.  Already I was considered heterodox if not
treasonable, and I was keenly alive to the danger of my position;
nevertheless I could not at times refrain from bursting out into
suspicious or half-seditious utterances, even among the highest
Polygonal or Circular society.  When, for example, the question arose
about the treatment of those lunatics who said that they had received
the power of seeing the insides of things, I would quote the saying
of an ancient Circle, who declared that prophets and inspired people
are always considered by the majority to be mad; and I could not help
occasionally dropping such expressions as "the eye that discerns
the interiors of things," and "the all-seeing land"; once or twice
I even let fall the forbidden terms "the Third and Fourth Dimensions."
At last, to complete a series of minor indiscretions, at a meeting of
our Local Speculative Society held at the palace of the Prefect himself,
--some extremely silly person having read an elaborate paper exhibiting
the precise reasons why Providence has limited the number of Dimensions
to Two, and why the attribute of omnividence is assigned to the Supreme
alone--I so far forgot myself as to give an exact account of the whole
of my voyage with the Sphere into Space, and to the Assembly Hall
in our Metropolis, and then to Space again, and of my return home,
and of everything that I had seen and heard in fact or vision.
At first, indeed, I pretended that I was describing the imaginary
experiences of a fictitious person; but my enthusiasm soon forced me
to throw off all disguise, and finally, in a fervent peroration,
I exhorted all my hearers to divest themselves of prejudice
and to become believers in the Third Dimension.

Need I say that I was at once arrested and taken before the Council?

Next morning, standing in the very place where but a very few months ago
the Sphere had stood in my company, I was allowed to begin and to continue
my narration unquestioned and uninterrupted.  But from the first I foresaw
my fate; for the President, noting that a guard of the better sort
of Policemen was in attendance, of angularity little, if at all,
under 55 degrees, ordered them to be relieved before I began my defence,
by an inferior class of 2 or 3 degrees.  I knew only too well what that meant.
I was to be executed or imprisoned, and my story was to be kept secret
from the world by the simultaneous destruction of the officials
who had heard it; and, this being the case, the President desired
to substitute the cheaper for the more expensive victims.

After I had concluded my defence, the President, perhaps perceiving
that some of the junior Circles had been moved by evident earnestness,
asked me two questions:--

1.  Whether I could indicate the direction which I meant when I used
the words "Upward, not Northward"?

2.  Whether I could by any diagrams or descriptions (other than
the enumeration of imaginary sides and angles) indicate the Figure
I was pleased to call a Cube?

I declared that I could say nothing more, and that I must commit
myself to the Truth, whose cause would surely prevail in the end.

The President replied that he quite concurred in my sentiment,
and that I could not do better.  I must be sentenced to perpetual
imprisonment; but if the Truth intended that I should emerge from
prison and evangelize the world, the Truth might be trusted to bring
that result to pass.  Meanwhile I should be subjected to no discomfort
that was not necessary to preclude escape, and, unless I forfeited the
privilege by misconduct, I should be occasionally permitted to see my
brother who had preceded me to my prison.

Seven years have elapsed and I am still a prisoner, and--if I
except the occasional visits of my brother--debarred from all
companionship save that of my jailers.  My brother is one of the best
of Squares, just sensible, cheerful, and not without fraternal
affection; yet I confess that my weekly interviews, at least
in one respect, cause me the bitterest pain.  He was present when
the Sphere manifested himself in the Council Chamber; he saw the Sphere's
changing sections; he heard the explanation of the phenomena then give
to the Circles.  Since that time, scarcely a week has passed during
seven whole years, without his hearing from me a repetition of the part
I played in that manifestation, together with ample descriptions of all
the phenomena in Spaceland, and the arguments for the existence of Solid
things derivable from Analogy.  Yet--I take shame to be forced to confess it--
my brother has not yet grasped the nature of Three Dimensions, and frankly
avows his disbelief in the existence of a Sphere.

Hence I am absolutely destitute of converts, and, for aught that
I can see, the millennial Revelation has been made to me for nothing. 
Prometheus up in Spaceland was bound for bringing down fire
for mortals, but I--poor Flatland Prometheus--lie here in prison
for bringing down nothing to my countrymen.  Yet I existing the hope
that these memoirs, in some manner, I know not how, may find their way
to the minds of humanity in Some Dimension, and may stir up a race
of rebels who shall refuse to be confined to limited Dimensionality.

That is the hope of my brighter moments.  Alas, it is not always so.
Heavily weights on me at times the burdensome reflection that I cannot
honestly say I am confident as to the exact shape of the once-seen,
oft-regretted Cube; and in my nightly visions the mysterious precept,
"Upward, not Northward," haunts me like a soul-devouring Sphinx.
It is part of the martyrdom which I endure for the cause of Truth
that there are seasons of mental weakness, when Cubes and Spheres
flit away into the background of scarce-possible existences;
when the Land of Three Dimensions seems almost as visionary
as the Land of One or None; nay, when even this hard wall that bars
me from my freedom, these very tablets on which I am writing,
and all the substantial realities of Flatland itself,
appear no better than the offspring of a diseased imagination,
or the baseless fabric of a dream.

***

PREFACE TO THE
SECOND AND REVISED
EDITION, 1884.
BY THE EDITOR

If my poor Flatland friend retained the vigour of mind which he enjoyed
when he began to compose these Memoirs, I should not now need to represent
him in this preface, in which he desires, fully, to return his thanks
to his readers and critics in Spaceland, whose appreciation has,
with unexpected celerity, required a second edition of this work;
secondly, to apologize for certain errors and misprints (for which,
however, he is not entirely responsible); and, thirdly, to explain
on or two misconceptions.  But he is not the Square he once was.
Years of imprisonment, and the still heavier burden of general
incredulity and mockery, have combined with the thoughts and notions,
and much also of the terminology, which he acquired during his
short stay in spaceland.  He has, therefore, requested me to reply
in his behalf to two special objections, one of an intellectual,
the other of a moral nature.

The first objection is, that a Flatlander, seeing a Line,
sees something that must be THICK to the eye as well as LONG
to the eye (otherwise it would not be visible, if it had not
some thickness); and consequently he ought (it is argued)
to acknowledge that his countrymen are not only long and broad,
but also (though doubtless to a very slight degree) THICK or HIGH.
This objection is plausible, and, to Spacelanders, almost irresistible,
so that, I confess, when I first heard it, I knew not what to reply.
But my poor old friend's answer appears to me completely to meet it.

"I admit," said he--when I mentioned to him this objection--
"I admit the truth of your critic's facts, but I deny his conclusions. 
It is true that we have really in Flatland a Third unrecognized Dimension
called `height,' just as it also is true that you have really in Spaceland
a Fourth unrecognized Dimension, called by no name at present, but which
I will call `extra-height.'  But we can no more take cognizance of our
`height' than you can of your `extra-height.'  Even I--who have been in
Spaceland, and have had the privilege of understanding for twenty-four hours
the meaning of `height'--even I cannot now comprehend it, nor realize it
by the sense of sight or by any process of reason; I can but apprehend
it by faith.

"The reason is obvious.  Dimension implies direction, implies
measurement, implies the more and the less.  Now, all our lines
are EQUALLY and INFINITESIMALLY thick (or high, whichever you like);
consequently, there is nothing in them to lead our minds to the
conception of that Dimension.  No `delicate micrometer'--as has been
suggested by one too hasty Spaceland critic--would in the least
avail us; for we should not know WHAT TO MEASURE, NOR IN WHAT DIRECTION.
When we see a Line, we see something that is long and BRIGHT;
BRIGHTNESS, as well as length, is necessary to the existence of a Line;
if the brightness vanishes, the Line is extinguished.  Hence, all my
Flatland friends--when I talk to them about the unrecognized Dimension
which is somehow visible in a Line--say, `Ah, you mean BRIGHTNESS':
and when I reply, `No, I mean a real Dimension,' they at once retort,
`Then measure it, or tell us in what direction it extends'; and this
silences me, for I can do neither.  Only yesterday, when the Chief Circle
(in other words our High Priest) came to inspect the State Prison
and paid me his seventh annual visit, and when for the seventh time
he put me the question, `Was I any better?'  I tried to prove to him
that he was `high,' as well as long and broad, although he did not know it.
But what was his reply?  `You say I am "high"; measure my "high-ness"
and I will believe you.'  What could I do?  How could I meet his challenge?
I was crushed; and he left the room triumphant.

"Does this still seem strange to you?  Then put yourself
in a similar position.  Suppose a person of the Fourth Dimension,
condescending to visit you, were to say, `Whenever you open your eyes,
you see a Plane (which is of Two Dimensions) and you INFER a Solid
(which is of Three); but in reality you also see (though you do
not recognize) a Fourth Dimension, which is not colour nor brightness
nor anything of the kind, but a true Dimension, although I cannot
point out to you its direction, nor can you possibly measure it.'
What would you say to such a visitor?  Would not you have him locked up?
Well, that is my fate:  and it is as natural for us Flatlanders
to lock up a Square for preaching the Third Dimension,
as it is for you Spacelanders to lock up a Cube for preaching the Fourth.
Alas, how strong a family likeness runs through blind and persecuting
humanity in all Dimensions!  Points, Lines, Squares, Cubes, Extra-Cubes--
we are all liable to the same errors, all alike the Slaves of our
respective Dimensional prejudices, as one of our Spaceland poets has said--

     `One touch of Nature makes all worlds akin.'" (footnote 1)

On this point the defence of the Square seems to me to be impregnable.
I wish I could say that his answer to the second (or moral) objection
was equally clear and cogent.  It has been objected that he is a woman-hater;
and as this objection has been vehemently urged by those whom Nature's
decree has constituted the somewhat larger half of the Spaceland race,
I should like to remove it, so far as I can honestly do so.  But the
Square is so unaccustomed to the use of the moral terminology
of Spaceland that I should be doing him an injustice if I were
literally to transcribe his defence against this charge.
Acting, therefore, as his interpreter and summarizer,
I gather that in the course of an imprisonment of seven years
he has himself modified his own personal views, both as regards
Women and as regards the Isosceles or Lower Classes.  Personally,
he now inclines to the opinion of the Sphere (see page 86) that
the Straight Lines are in many important respects superior to the Circles.
But, writing as a Historian, he has identified himself (perhaps too closely)
with the views generally adopted by Flatland, and (as he has been informed)
even by Spaceland, Historians; in whose pages (until very recent times)
the destinies of Women and of the masses of mankind have seldom been deemed
worthy of mention and never of careful consideration.

In a still more obscure passage he now desires to disavow
the Circular or aristocratic tendencies with which some critics
have naturally credited him.  While doing justice to the intellectual
power with which a few Circles have for many generations maintained
their supremacy over immense multitudes of their countrymen, he believes
that the facts of Flatland, speaking for themselves without comment
on his part, declare that Revolutions cannot always be suppressed
by slaughter, and that Nature, in sentencing the Circles to infecundity,
has condemned them to ultimate failure--"and herein," he says,
"I see a fulfilment of the great Law of all worlds, that while the wisdom
of Man thinks it is working one thing, the wisdom of Nature constrains
it to work another, and quite a different and far better thing."
For the rest, he begs his readers not to suppose that every minute detail
in the daily life of Flatland must needs correspond to some other detail
in Spaceland; and yet he hopes that, taken as a whole, his work may prove
suggestive as well as amusing, to those Spacelanders of moderate and modest
minds who--speaking of that which is of the highest importance, but lies
beyond experience--decline to say on the one hand, "This can never be,"
and on the other hand, "It must needs be precisely thus,
and we know all about it." 

Footnote 1.  The Author desires me to add, that the misconceptions of
some of his critics on this matter has induced him to insert (on pp.
74 and 92) in his dialogue with the Sphere, certain remarks which have
a bearing on the point in question and which he had previously omitted
as being tedious and unnecessary.

sursa 

IISUS CONTRA IISUS

coperta

 

IISUS CONTRA IISUS

de Gerard Mordillat

Autori: Gerard Mordillat si Jerome Prieur

Traducere de Gabriela Siclovan.

An editie :2007

Editia :I

Stoc :Disponibil

388 pag. Format 130×200. Legat. ISBN 978-9975-79-232-5

 

Fragment:

EVANGHELIILE, TEXT MINAT
Cititorul Evangheliilor se aventurează de fiecare dată pe un teren minat.
Riscul este legat de faptul că istoria lui Iisus ţine în mare măsură de imagine, or imaginile referitoare la Iisus subminează
textul. Prin intermediul catedralelor, al bisericilor, al muzeelor din toată lumea sau prin imageria populară, ajungem
să vizualizăm istoria sa, convinși că am fost, suntem și vom fi întotdeauna martorii ei. Cunoaștem istoria pe de rost: e vorba de copilul care se naște într-o iesle din Bethlehem, între un bou și un măgar, de Fecioara Maria, cea care-l ţine la piept, de Iosif, tâmplarul, tatăl său, de Magii veniţi să-l adore, de Ioan Botezătorul, botezându-l în Iordan. E vorba de cei doisprezece discipoli, de nunta din Cana, de omul din Nazareth
care mergea pe ape, înmulţea pâinile, vindeca bolnavii, săvârșea miracole și-l învia pe Lazăr. E vorba despre negustorii
goniţi din Templu, despre cei doisprezece comeseni ai Cinei, despre trădarea lui Iuda, despre arestarea de pe muntele
Măslinilor, despre judecata preoţilor, cu Pilat spălându-
se pe mâini. Apoi despre Patimi, despre Golgota și despre crucea uriașă, despre moartea celui răstignit și despre Maria copleșită de durere. E vorba despre Înviere, despre ridicarea din mormânt, despre apariţia în faţa pelerinilor din Emaus, despre Toma care nu crede decât ceea ce vede, apoi despre Hristos care se înalţă în slavă.
Trăim de secole în ritmul zilelor care marchează etapele destinului lui Iisus: Crăciun, Paște, Înălţare… Suntem, fără
14
să știm, protagoniști și spectatori ai dramei interpretate în numele lui. Respirăm și gândim în interiorul povestirii evanghelice,
împărtășind modelul, tragismul, morala, structura sa mentală. Credincioși sau necredincioși, atei sau agnostici, creștini sau nu, “Iisus Hristos” face parte din memoria, din conștiinţa și din subconștientul nostru.
Riscul provine și din aceea că nimic nu părea să-l consacre
pe Iisus unei notorietăţi dincolo de moarte: nu ne-a rămas nimic în urma lui, niciun semn, niciun document din epocă, oficial sau privat, care să-l menţioneze. El este subiectul unei opere în întregime postume, căreia îi servește drept inspirator
fără să-i fie autor. Cu alte cuvinte, Iisus e ceea ce alţii au făcut din el. Este un personaj pe care literatura l-a acaparat. Credincioșii vor vedea în asta acţiunea Sfântului Duh care i-ar fi inspirat pe evangheliști, în timp ce necredincioșii vor aduce în discuţie circumstanţele care-au făcut ca, în anturajul lui Iisus sau al celor care l-au urmat, să se găsească cineva care să-i povestească viaţa și moartea, în timp ce despre ceilalţi profeţi mesianici din vremea sa nu ne-a rămas decât cel mult numele. Contemporane cu primele portrete de la Fayyum și cu frescele de la Pompei, Evangheliile sunt adevărate arhive, referitoare la unul dintre nenumăraţii sărmani, sortiţi pe veci anonimatului. În ciuda limitelor lor, ele ne furnizează despre Iisus informaţii mult mai bogate decât am putea avea despre un neguţător egiptean, despre un ţăran sirian din epocă ori despre orice zilier, negustor ambulant sau vagabond din secolul
al XVII-lea.
În interiorul scrierilor canonice, al textelor recunoscute de Biserică: Evangheliile după Marcu, Matei și Luca, numite “sinoptice” pentru că le putem confrunta dintr-o singură pri15
vire, și Evanghelia după Ioan, se ciocnesc două tendinţe narative
opuse. Ele nu se pun de acord nici asupra locului nașterii, nici asupra duratei activităţii lui Iisus, nici asupra identităţii discipolilor, asupra miracolelor, asupra procesului, nici asupra
datei morţii sau a apariţiilor… Ar trebui, oare, ca, pentru atâta lucru, să respingem aceste documente, cu atât mai mult cu cât ele sunt doar “arhive interne” ale mișcării creștine? “Ce ar mai rămâne din Salamina dacă am «respinge» textele lui Herodot sau Eschil sub pretextul că cei doi sunt partinici? Ce-ar rămâne din Iisus dacă am «respinge» Evangheliile?”, se întreabă Pierre Vidal-Naquet.
Alte riscuri provin din faptul că, dincolo de aparenţe, deosebirile între scrierile recunoscute prin Canonul Noului Testament și scrierile respinse, “apocrife” (texte secrete), nu au la origine nici cea mai mică pertinenţă. Aceste diferenţe nu existau înainte de definirea unei “orthodoxia”, definire ce va avea loc între secolele II și IV, cu preţul negocierilor, al compromisurilor
și al demonstraţiilor de forţă. Fragmentul din relatarea Patimilor care constituie Evanghelia lui Petru, lista spuselor lui Iisus din care e compusă Evanghelia lui Toma vor sfârși prin a fi considerate eretice, spre deosebire de Evanghelia
după Ioan sau de Apocalipsa atribuită acestuia, care au evitat
o soartă asemănătoare. Cât despre dialogul filosofic propus în scrierea lui Hermas Păstorul, el a făcut parte din unele liste canonice, înainte de a fi exclus în cele din urmă.
Cu toate că poartă numele autorilor lor, Evangheliile n-au fost scrise dintr-un condei de numiţii Marcu, Matei, Luca sau Ioan, care se presupune că l-ar fi urmat pe Iisus pas cu pas, de la începutul misiunii sale de propovăduire până la răstignire. Evangheliile nu se identifică cu apostolii, pentru că cel puţin
16
una sau două generaţii le separă de ei. Oricât de pregnantă ar fi originea lor semitică, aceste povestiri ne-au parvenit, fără excepţie, în limba greacă, nicidecum în ebraică sau aramaică și cu atât mai puţin în latină! Înainte de a exista ca relatare, compunerea lor a început cel mai devreme la douăzeci de ani după moartea lui Iisus. Finalizarea lor trebuie să se fi întins pe o durată lungă, până la sfârșitul secolului I, pe mai multe faze și registre, într-un proces sinuos, pe care încercăm să-l dezlegăm pornind de la starea actuală a textului.
Evangheliile nu sunt opera unui singur om, ci a mai multora,
grupaţi sub autoritatea unei figuri emblematice, neidentificată
decât prin nume și neavând alte scopuri decât cele ale comunităţii sale. Iată de ce n-ar trebui să pierdem nicio clipă din vedere un fapt esenţial, cu consecinţe majore, dar prea des ignorat: nimeni nu poate preciza cu exactitate unde au fost scrise Evangheliile, nici când, nici de cine, nici pentru cine, nici împotriva cui. Departe de a ne oferi un răspuns, textele comunică mai întâi între ele, în acea perioadă deosebit de agitată pentru iudaism, reprezentată de a doua jumătate a secolului I.
Evanghelia a fost mai întâi orală și nimeni nu se gândea să fixeze litera sa în scris. Odată scrise, Evangheliile n-au fost menite să devină perene, traversând secolele pentru a ajunge până la noi. Libretele evanghelice au fost și sunt încă, prin funcţia lor liturgică, “scenarii”, argumentare, un ansamblu de fapte concepute spre a fi interpretate, dezvoltate, prelungite, transformate. Evangheliile reprezintă o literatură care adună în bloc toate genurile literare de care a fost nevoie pentru elaborarea
lor, genuri care nu pot fi nicicum reduse la unul singur.
Ele cuprind compilaţii, parafraze, citări, supraîncărcări, repetiţii, comentarii, digresiuni, controverse.
17
Textele evanghelice sunt, rând pe rând, relatări biografice,
fabule pioase, legende istoricizate, dialoguri, precepte morale, sfaturi practice, tratate filosofice, dar, mai presus de toate, sunt texte de propagandă, al căror obiectiv e să răspândească
credinţa, să atragă, să convingă, să convertească. Proiectul lor prioritar este să facă din destinatari credincioși. Textul reprezintă “cuvântul evangheliei”. Și totuși, dacă împăratul
Constantin nu s-ar fi convertit, la începutul secolului al IV-lea, antrenând apoi întregul Imperiu Roman și întregul Occident, cum am mai fi citit noi azi aceste relatări, în cazul în care nu cumva ele ar fi dispărut cu desăvârșire?
Trebuie ca textul să fie teribil de puternic, pentru ca să proiecteze până la noi, la nouăsprezece secole după redactare, trupul unui personaj real și imaginar totodată, numit “Iisus din Nazareth” și, odată cu el, fragmente de istorie. Acestea apar, ici colo, printre cuvinte, printre rânduri, transpar prin iluminare, precum Iisus cel Înviat s-a arătat discipolilor pe malul lacului Tiberiadei, fără ca aceștia să-l poată recunoaște de la bun început. Poate că lectorul avizat al Evangheliilor, ca și discipolii, ca și toţi creștinii, va fi îndemnat să recunoască istoria în text, acolo unde cititorul nedibaci nu va recunoaște nimic.
Cu adevărat, cum să nu fii tentat să consideri Evangheliile,
cronică pe patru voci a faptelor și a spuselor lui Iisus, ca pe o suită de pagini smulse din biografia sa? Ele adâncesc însă vertiginos prăpastia între Iisus cel “născut din femeie” și Iisus cel “născut din text”, cu atât mai mult cu cât el este multiplicat prin rolurile și misiunile conferite lui Hristos a posteriori de către autorii celor douăzeci și șapte de cărţi ale Noului Testament.
18
Iisus este rezultatul proiecţiei fiecărei comunităţi care îl recunoaște ca purtătorul său de cuvânt. Este Iisus cel după Marcu, după Matei, după Luca, după Ioan. Vocabularul evanghelic
amplifică la extrem perspectiva naraţiunilor. El evocă Împărăţia, Domnul Dumnezeul nostru, cele douăsprezece tronuri, “împărăţia universală” – ca într-o dramă elizabetană la care ar fi invitaţi să participe cei ce discern asupra adevăratei
identităţi a lui Iisus. Se spune că “mulţimile” îl urmează, deși am fi îndreptăţiţi să credem că numărul partizanilor săi era cât se poate de mic, că intrarea sa în Ierusalim nu putea fi decât “triumfală”, prezenţei sale la Templu i se conferă un rol “purificator”, amintind de Iuda Macabeul, liberatorul pământului
sacru al lui Israel. Dar aceste exagerări tendenţioase sunt minore comparativ cu exagerarea importanţei textelor ca efect al întregii istorii ulterioare a creștinismului.
Intenţia evangheliștilor n-ar putea fi, deci, aceea de a ne povesti istoria, ci de a-i conferi un sens. Pentru ei, istoria nu există dincolo de interpretarea sa teologică. Această concepţie
îi determină pe redactori să modifice ceea ce știau despre Iisus pentru a armoniza biografia sa cu obiectivul, respectând
sursele, dar învăluindu-le într-o reţea de referinţe care dă peste cap percepţia. Orice ar gândi unii, a despărţi legenda de realitate va conduce întotdeauna la o judecată superficială, prezumptivă, într-atât teologia și faptele sunt înlănţuite.
În mod paradoxal, tocmai lipsa de veridicitate a surselor creștine, eterogeneitatea, lacunele lor, contradicţiile, defectele și fracturile lor ne dau posibilitatea de a ne implica în text pentru a recompune timpul.
Textul Evangheliilor implică un dublu fundament, amestecă
în mod constant două realităţi anacronice: vremea lui Ii19
sus, în jurul anilor 30 ai erei noastre, în Galileea și în Iudeea, și cea cu care se confruntă moștenitorii săi în timpul redactării
acestor relatări, mult mai târziu, departe de Palestina. Lectura
textului implică, deci, detectarea acestui permanent joc dublu între ceea ce aparţine istoriei vremii lui Iisus și ceea ce ţine de epoca rescrierii, formării, redactării și apoi a editării cărţilor ce vor compune, în opoziţie cu Biblia ebraică, Noul Testament. Istoria factuală, despre care par a aduce mărturie Evangheliile, nu e poate decât un ecran care ocultează mizele profunde ale textului: cea doctrinală (de a fonda o interpretare),
cea genealogică (de a fonda o autoritate), cea liturgică (de a fonda un cult), cea polemică (de a fundamenta excluderile),
cea simbolică (de a fundamenta o apartenenţă). Așa cum ne reamintește Paul Veyne, istoria “ne face să ne confruntăm fără încetare cu lucruri stranii, în faţa cărora reacţia noastră cea mai naturală este să le ignorăm; departe de a constata că nu dispunem de cheia potrivită, nu sesizăm nici măcar că există o încuietoare de deschis.”
Riscurile sunt demonstrate și de faptul că, spre a traversa acest câmp minat, s-a constituit, în întreaga lume, un corp special de artificieri, care să descifreze cu răbdare semnele; cititori extraordinari, cum puţini se mai găsesc astăzi, capabili
să aprecieze miza unei cărţi după un singur cuvânt. “În exegeză,
aproape toate metodele se bucură de interes, cu condiţia de a fi mânuite cu umor”, spune cu modestie Charles Perrot.
Paradoxal, acest corp special de lectori provine mai ales din instituţiile creștine. Majoritatea celor ce au misiunea de a face să explodeze acest text, aparent atât de simplu, de evident,
în realitate deseori opac și chinuit, periculos pentru cei ce se apropie prea mult, pentru că le risipește certitudinile,
20
majoritatea, deci, s-au format și s-au oţelit chiar în interiorul Bisericii. Oare nu de aceea, secole de-a rândul, Biserica s-a opus cercetării, pentru ca, apoi, în disperare de cauză, să interzică
divulgarea rezultatelor, temându-se că, prin deminarea
acestor texte, credinţa însăși ar putea fi subminată?
Probabil că nu e cu totul întâmplător faptul că același cuvânt
deschide și închide biblioteca constituită din textele reunite
ale Noului Testament: cuvântul biblos, care trece în final de la singular la plural, de la carte la cărţi. Evangheliile sunt o incredibilă mașină generatoare de sensuri, de cunoaștere, de istorie, de credinţă, de îndoială, dar mai ales o incredibilă mașină generatoare de limbaj. A citi azi această carte înseamnă
a evita să te lași orbit de comentariile care i s-au substituit. Sunt construcţii, glose, interpretări, extrapolări produse de propria combinatorie a textului, care relevă un Iisus diferit, un Iisus născut din secole de lectură. “Experienţa unei lecturi pur literare a unui text evanghelic auce fără îndoială a pariu, remarca Jean Starobinski. Această lectură se adaugă oricărei exegeze anterioare, pe care o ignoră sau se preface că o ignoră. Nefiind nici lectura unui credincios, nici măcar cea a unui teolog de altă confesiune, ea ar părea inadecvată prin chiar exterioritatea ei. Exterioritate pe care n-ar compensa-o nici măcar închiderea în interiorul textului, pentru a încerca surprinderea
dinlăuntru a întregului sens. Pentru cel ce se dedă acestui exerciţiu, e o miză care-l pune la grea încercare. Va ști el să discearnă tot atâtea fapte semnificative pe cât a observat tradiţia exegetică?”
Nicio certitudine istorică, niciun adevăr știinţific, nicio schemă unică nu vor putea, o dată pentru totdeauna, să rezolve
problemele ridicate de text. Căci trebuie mereu schimbate
21
punctele de vedere, perspectivele, abordările, trebuie mereu să te opui relatării, să întorci textul pe dos, ca pe o mănușă, fără a pierde însă din vedere presupusa lui coerenţă. Răspunsurile
vor fi întotdeauna provizorii, parţiale, ipotetice, condiţionale,
deschise asupra unor noi întrebări, invitând fără încetare la a citi, a reciti Evangheliile, sfidând în permanenţă două prejudecăţi majore, care, dintotdeauna, perturbă abordarea
acestora: pe de o parte “raţionalismul”, care presupune proiectul evangheliștilor de a înșela cititorii pentru a-i aduce în Biserică, și, invers, “cristocentrismul”, care, proclamând că Iisus este Hristosul, pretinde a explica inexplicabilul și face din această certitudine cheia înţelegerii Noului Testament, fără de care textul ar rămâne eminamente ilizibil.
Evangheliile sunt, în fine, subminate de o fantomă mai imperceptibilă și mai misterioasă decât celelalte, fantoma cititorului,
auditorului, destinatarului. Noi ignorăm astăzi care era utilizarea concretă a cărţii, modul său de folosire. În locul papirusului cunoscut până atunci, inventarea codexului, acel mic caiet manevrabil, scris recto-verso, a facilitat propagarea Evangheliilor în toate mediile sociale, la orice nivel cultural, în toate regiunile mediteraneene, cu un succes extraordinar. Cititorul de altădată e pentru noi un frate și un străin. Noi nu mai citim astăzi cum citea el altădată, dar ochii noștri deslușesc, urechile noastre aud și buzele noastre rostesc, din nou, aceleași cuvinte.
Riscurile provin, în cele din urmă, și din faptul că, prin orice rând, prin fiecare cuvânt al său, textul Evangheliilor încearcă
să ne facă să uităm că este ceea ce este, adică o povestire
construită de la un capăt la altul. Riscant, pentru că logica
22
textului nu ni se mai relevă. Riscant, pentru că seamănă cu un puzzle din care lipsesc anumite piese, în timp ce altele par a fi în plus. Riscant, pentru că, la fel ca în scrisoarea furată a lui Edgar Poe, soluţia enigmei e totuși acolo, sub ochii noștri, în text, în această carte pe care toţi cred că o cunosc și nimeni n-o mai citește, în această carte pe care trebuie să învăţăm să o citim. Să o citim ca pe o carte.
Ne-am referit constant la:
— ultima ediţie a Bibliei din Ierusalim (Editura Cerf, 1998) pentru cea mai mare parte a citatelor din Vechiul și Noul Testament;
— Sinopsa celor patru Evanghelii stabilită de P. Benoit și M.-E. Boismard (Editura Cerf, 1990).

download .pdf

Vladimir Jankelevitch “L`imprescriptible”

 L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

PARDONNER ? DANS L’HONNEUR ET LA DIGNITÉ

ÉDITIONS DU SEUIL

27, rue Jacob, Paris VIe

 

Cet ouvrage a été édité

aux Éditions du Seuil

sous la direction de Jean-Pierre Barou

Pardonner ? a paru initialement en 1971 aux Édi­tions Le Pavillon, dirigées par Roger Maria.

Dans l’honneur et la dignité, en 1948, dans les Temps modernes.

Ces deux textes particulièrement complémentaires étaient devenus introuvables. Ils sont réunis ici sous le titre : /’Imprescriptible, qui fut celui que choisit Vladi­mir Jankélévitch lorsqu’il exprima, en 1956, dans la Revue administrative, les thèses contenues dans Par­donner ?

isbn 2-02-009383-9

© ÉDITIONS DU SEUIL. NOVEMBRE 1986

La loi du ! 1 mars 1957 interdit les copies ou reproductions destinées à une utilisa lion collective. Toute représentation ou reproduction intégrale ou partielle faite par quelque procède que ce soi!, sans le consentement de l’auteur ou de ses ayams cause, es) illicite « constitue une contrefaçon sanctionnée par les articles 425 ei suivanis du Code pénal.

O Dieu de justice qui régnez, non aux cieux.

Mais dans le cœur de l’homme, au cœur de sa colère,

Ne vous répandrez-vous donc jamais sur la terre ?

Jban Cassou, Trente-trois sonnets écrits au secret, XXII,

Il n’y a pas de salut sur la terre Tant qu’on peut pardonner aux bourreaux. Paul Eluard

AVERTISSEMENT

On entend dire parfois que les déportés, les Juifs, les résistants commencent à fatiguer leurs contemporains en évoquant trop souvent Auschwitz et Oradour. Nos contemporains, paraît-il, en ont assez, ils voudraient bien qu’on parlât d’autre chose… Les survivants du massacre sont sur ce point d’un autre avis. Nous nous permettrons donc, dans le présent écrit, de contribuer à la lassitude de ceux que tant d’horribles souvenirs dérangent. Notre ami Henry Bulawko, président de l’Amicale des anciens déportés juifs de France, n’a pas jugé, lui, que ces pages, pourtant tardives, fussent anachroniques. Nous ne saunons dire tout ce que lui doit leur parution. Qu’il veuille bien trouver ici l’ex­pression de notre fraternelle gratitude. Notre amicale reconnaissance va également à Roger Maria, sans qui Pardonner ? serait resté éternellement inédit.

Cet écrit développe les thèses que nous défendions en 1965 lors des polémiques relatives à la prescription des

13

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

crimes hitlériens : sous le titre l’Imprescriptible nous avions, en février 1965, plaidé contre le pardon dans la Revue administrative, et nous remercions aujourd’hui le directeur de cette revue, M. Robert Catherine, dont L`amitié permit ainsi à notre voix de se faire entendre. Cet article avait lui-même pour origine une lettre publiée par le Monde du 3 janvier 1965 sous la rubrique des « Opinions libres ».  Comme toutes les opinions sont « libres », la nôtre, Dieu merci, l’est du même coup. J’ai de la chance ! Il faut en prendre son parti : l’horreur  insurmontable  que  tout  homme  normal éprouve en pensant aux camps de la mort, cette horreur est une opinion « libre ». Serait-ce qu’on peut très bien professer l’opinion contraire ? Applaudir aux fours crématoires, serait-ce par hasard une « opinion » ? En tout cas notre opinion à nous est au minimum une opinion  comme les autres…   Et c’est par surcroît, désormais, une opinion officielle, en vertu d’un vote unanime du Parlement français. Cette opinion n’étant pas contraire aux bonnes mœurs, nous la développons et la justifions ici.

Dans une étude purement philosophique sur le Pardon, que nous avons publiée par ailleurs ‘, la réponse à la question Faut-il pardonner ? semble contredire celle qui est donnée ici. Il existe entre l’absolu de la loi d’amour et l’absolu de la liberté

1. Aux éditions Aubier-Montaigne, 1967.

14

AVERTISSEMENT

méchante une déchirure qui ne peut être entièrement décousue. Nous n’avons pas cherché à réconcilier l’irrationalité du mal avec la toute-puissance de l’amour. Le pardon est fort comme le mal, mais le mal est fort comme le pardon ‘.

1. Cet avertissement, bien sûr, est celui qui figurait déjà en 1971 en tête de Pardonner ?

15

16

PARDONNER ?

Est-il temps de pardonner, ou tout au moins d’ou­blier ? Vingt ans sont, paraît-il, suffisants pour que l’impardonnable devienne miraculeusement pardon­nable : de plein droit et du jour au lendemain l’inou­bliable est oublié. Un crime qui était inexpiable jusqu’en mai 1965 cesse donc subitement de l’être à partir de juin : comme par enchantement… Et ainsi l’oubli officiel ou légal commence ce soir à minuit. Il est légitime d’en vouloir à un criminel pendant vingt ans : mais à partir de la vingt et unième année, ceux qui n’ont pas encore pardonné tombent à leur tour sous le coup de la forclusion et entrent dans la catégorie des rancuniers ! Vingt ans : tel est le délai. Et c’est pourtant la première fois que les plus indiffé­rents réalisent dans toute sa plénitude l’horreur de la catastrophe : oui, il leur a fallu vingt ans pour en réaliser les dimensions gigantesques, comme après un crime hors de proportion avec les forfaits habituels ou

17

 L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

comme après un très grand malheur dont on ne mesure que peu à peu les effets et la portée ; les usines d’extermination et notamment Auschwitz, la plus grandiose d’entre elles, sont en effet dans le cas de toutes les choses très importantes ; leurs conséquences durables n’apparaissent pas du premier coup, mais elles se développent avec le temps et ne cessent de s’amplifier. Et quant aux rescapés de l’immense mas­sacre, ils se frottent les yeux : ils apprennent tous les jours ce qu’ils savaient déjà ; ils savaient, mais pas à quel point ; revenus de ces rivages lointains et terri -fiants, ils se regardent en silence.

En prenant maintenant conscience de la catastrophe mondiale déclenchée par l’Allemagne hitlérienne, on distingue dans cette catastrophe deux visages : d’une part l’épopée de la Résistance, et d’autre part la tragédie de la déportation ; d’une part l’héroïsme des maquis et les gloires de la France libre, magnifiés par le verbe exaltant de Malraux, et d’autre part les camps de la mort ; d’une part Jean Moulin, honoré par la foule des patriotes dans le claquement des drapeaux, sur les marches d’un Panthéon de gloire ; de l’autre Jean Moulin torturé, défiguré, pantelant, sauvage­ment piétiné par les brutes : car le déporté et le résistant bien souvent ne faisaient qu’un. D’un côté Bir Hakeim et les barricades de Paris ; de l’autre… De l’autre une chose innommable, inavouable et terri­fiante, une chose dont on détourne sa pensée et que

18

PARDONNER ?

nulle parole humaine n’ose décrire… Les orchestres jouaient du Schubert tandis qu’on pendait les déte­nus. .. On emmagasinait les cheveux des femmes… On prélevait les dents en or sur les cadavres. Cette chose indicible dont on hésite à nommer le nom s’appelle Auschwitz.  C’est en ce  lieu maudit que  se sont célébrées, comme dit Claudel, les monstrueuses orgies de la haine.  Les, hommes de notre génération se sentent parfois porteurs d’un lourd et inavouable secret qui les sépare de leurs enfants. Comment leur diront-ils la vérité ? On prétend que le survivant de Verdun, à l’ordinaire, ne parle pas volontiers du « pays monstrueux et morne d’où il vient ». Or qu’est-ce que le secret de Verdun auprès du secret d’Ausch­witz ?

Ce secret honteux que nous ne pouvons dire est le secret de la Deuxième Guerre mondiale, et, en quel­que mesure, le secret de l’homme moderne : sur notre modernité en effet l’immense holocauste, même si on n’en parle pas, pèse à la façon d’un invisible remords. Comment s’en débarrasser ? Ce titre d’une pièce de Ionesco caractériserait assez bien les inquiétudes de l’apparente bonne conscience contemporaine. Le crime était trop lourd, la responsabilité trop grave, remarque Rabi avec une lucidité cruelle. Comment vont-ils se débarrasser de leur remords latent ? L’« antisionisme » est à cet égard une introuvable aubaine, car il nous donne la permission et même le

19

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

droit et même le devoir d’être antisémite au nom de la démocratie ! L’antisionisme est l’antisémitisme justi­fié, mis enfin à la portée de tous. Il est la permission d’être démocratiquement antisémite. Et si les Juifs étaient eux-mêmes des nazis ? Ce serait merveilleux. II ne serait plus nécessaire de les plaindre ; ils auraient mérité leur sort, C’est ainsi que nos contemporains se déchargent de leur souci. Car tous les alibis sont bons, qui leur permettent enfin de penser à autre chose. Nous nous proposons dans les pages qui suivent de les ramener à ce souci.

20

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

O fumée épaisse et noire des crématoires – drapeaux flottants sur toutes les cités dans les tresses du vent. Pourquoi m’étranglez-vous dans mon sommeil ? mon gosier serait-il devenu cheminée afin que vous puissiez par moi répandre les imprécations ? Dora Teitei.boim, trad. de Ch. Dobzynski.

Disons-le d’abord nettement : tous les critères juri­diques habituellement applicables aux crimes de droit commun en matière de prescription sont ici déjoués. D’abord il s’agit d’un crime international, et les Allemands n’ont pas à nous reprocher notre immix­tion dans leurs affaires ; ce ne sont pas « leurs affai­res ». Cette affaire-là est l’affaire de toutes les nations piétinées. L’Allemagne, c’est-à-dire l’accusée, est bien plutôt le seul pays qui n’ait pas à se mêler de cette question. Ensuite l’assassinat de ces millions de Juifs, de résistants, de Russes n’est pas un fait divers tel que, par exemple, le meurtre d’une rentière survenu à Montélimar il y a vingt ans. Les crimes allemands sont

21

LIMPRESCRJPTIBLE

des crimes à tous points de vue exceptionnels ; parleur énormité, leur incroyable sadisme… Mais avant tout, ce sont, dans le sens propre du mot, des crimes contre l’humanité, c’est-à-dire des crimes contre l’essence humaine ou, si l’on préfère, contre l’« hominité » de l’homme  en  général.   L’Allemand  n’a  pas  voulu détruire à proprement parler des croyances jugées erronées ni des doctrines considérées comme perni­cieuses : c’est l’être même de l’homme, Esse, que le génocide raciste a tenté d’annihiler dans la chair douloureuse de ces millions de martyrs. Les crimes racistes  sont  un  attentat contre l’homme  en  tant qu’homme : non point contre l’homme en tant que tel ou tel (quatenus…), en tant que ceci ou cela, par exemple  en  tant  que  communiste,  franc-maçon, adversaire idéologique… Non ! le raciste visait bien l’ipséité  de  l’être,  c’est-à-dire  l’humain  de  tout homme.   L’antisémitisme est  une grave offense  à l’homme en général. Les Juifs étaient persécutés parce que c’étaient eux, et non point en raison de leurs opinions ou de leur foi : c’est l’existence elle-même qui leur était refusée ; on ne leur reprochait pas de professer ceci ou cela,  on leur reprochait d’être. Jusqu’à un certain point ce refus s’étend, aujourd’hui encore, à l’existence de l’État d’Israël.  C’est une immense concession, un cadeau gratuit que l’on croit faire à Israël en lui accordant le droit d’exister…, comme si cette reconnaissance n’était pas le droit

22

PARDONNER ?

élémentaire et vital que tout homme doit respecter en tout autre homme, et ceci sans négociations d’aucune sorte, sans nulle prétention à la gratitude. Ou pour reprendre ici  le beau titre du journal fondé par Bernard Lecache : Nous devons respecter le droit de vivre de notre prochain, et notre prochain ne nous doit rien en échange… sinon le même respect. Mais, avec un Juif, il est inutile de se gêner. Avec un Juif, on peut tout se permettre. Quand il s’agit d’un Juif, Y être ne va pas de soi. Les ennemis d’Israël ne « reconnaissent » pas l’existence d’Israël : Israël est transparent, inexis­tant. On ne négocie pas, on ne dialogue pas avec celui qui n’existe pas. Or il n’est pas évident qu’un Juif doive exister : un Juif doit toujours se justifier, s’excu­ser de vivre et de respirer ; sa prétention de combattre pour subsister et survivre est en elle-même un scan­dale incompréhensible et a quelque chose d’exorbi­tant ;  l’idée  que  des  « sous-hommes »  puissent  se défendre remplit les surhommes d’une stupéfaction indignée. Un Juif n’a pas le droit d’être ; son péché est d’exister. Comme les Inquisiteurs, en nihilisant les hérétiques  par le  feu  exterminateur,  supprimaient l’existence de l’Autre, lequel n’existait que par une inexplicable inadvertance de Dieu, et prétendaient accomplir ainsi l’intention divine, de même les Alle­mands, anéantissant la race maudite dans les fours crématoires, supprimaient radicalement l’existence de ceux qui n’auraient pas dû exister. Et ainsi les sadiques

23

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

qui faisaient du savon avec les cadavres des déportés ne cherchaient pas à augmenter la production ni à améliorer le  rendement.  Le  colonialiste,  quand  il exploite  les  indigènes,  est avant tout un  homme d’affaires en quête d’une main-d’œuvre à bon marché en vue de la plus-value, et il utilise le bétail humain comme un instrument de travail. Mais le Juif n’est pas pour l’Allemand un simple « instrument de travail 1 », il est en outre lui-même la matière première. L’indi­gène pourra passer un jour dans le camp des colonisa­teurs et à son tour exploiter d’autres indigènes ; le prolétaire   pourra   devenir  contremaître,   et   même patron, et même bourgeois. Mais le crime d’être juif est un crime inexpiable. Rien ne peut effacer cette malédiction : ni le ralliement, ni l’enrichissement, ni la conversion. L’insulte allemande, l’insulte qui piétine, utilise les cheveux des femmes comme une chose minérale, cette insulte infinie est donc une insulte purement gratuite ; cette insulte n’est pas tant « mépri­sante » que méchante, car son but est d’avilir et de dégrader pour nihiliser. Un tel acharnement a quelque chose de sacral et de surnaturel, et nous n’insisterons pas davantage, puisque Jules Isaac l’a fait avant nous,

1. Voir l’étude de Georges Wellers, particulièrement boulever­sante en sa sobriété : le Système concentrationnaire nazi, édité par l’UNADIF et la FNDIR (1965). L’importante thèse d’Olga Worm-ser-Migot, le Système concentrationnaire nazi, 1933-1945, reste en cette matière l’ouvrage capital et définitif (Publications de la faculté des lettres et sciences humaines de Paris-Sorbonne).

24

PARDONNER ?

sur le rôle qu’a pu jouer ici une éducation religieuse immémoriale. Si le préjugé du « peuple maudit », du peuple « déicide » et coupable d’une faute originelle est profondément gravé dans l’inconscient collectif, c’est bien l’Allemand, en fait, qui s’est chargé de l’annihilation des réprouvés. Et ainsi l’extermination des Juifs est le produit de la méchanceté pure et de la méchanceté ontologique, de la méchanceté la plus diabolique et la plus’gratuite que l’histoire ait connue. Ce crime n’est pas motivé, même par des motifs « crapuleux ». Ce crime contre-nature, ce crime immotivé, ce crime exorbitant est donc à la lettre un crime « métaphysique » ; et les criminels de ce crime ne sont pas de simples fanatiques, ni seulement des doctrinaires aveugles, ni seulement d’abominables dogmatiques : ce sont, au sens propre du mot, des « monstres ». Lorsqu’un acte nie l’essence de l’homme en tant qu’homme, la prescription qui tendrait à l’absoudre au nom de la morale contredit elle-même la morale. N’est-il pas contradictoire et même absurde d’invoquer ici le pardon ? Oublier ce crime gigantes­que contre l’humanité serait un nouveau crime contre le genre humain.

Le temps qui émousse toutes choses, le temps qui travaille à l’usure du chagrin comme il travaille à l’érosion des montagnes, le temps qui favorise le pardon et l’oubli, le temps qui console, le temps liquidateur et cicatriseur n’atténue en rien la colossale

25

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

qui faisaient du savon avec les cadavres des déportés ne cherchaient pas à augmenter la production ni à améliorer le  rendement.  Le  colonialiste,  quand  il exploite  les  indigènes,  est avant tout un  homme d’affaires en quête d’une main-d’œuvre à bon marché en vue de la plus-value, et il utilise le bétail humain comme un instrument de travail. Mais le Juif n’est pas pour l’Allemand un simple « instrument de travail ‘ », il est en outre lui-même la matière première. L’indi­gène pourra passer un jour dans le camp des colonisa­teurs et à son tour exploiter d’autres indigènes ; le prolétaire   pourra   devenir  contremaître,   et   même patron, et même bourgeois. Mais le crime d’être juif est un crime inexpiable. Rien ne peut effacer cette malédiction : ni le ralliement, ni l’enrichissement, ni la conversion. L’insulte allemande, l’insulte qui piétine, utilise les cheveux des femmes comme une chose minérale, cette insulte infinie est donc une insulte purement gratuite ; cette insulte n’est pas tant « mépri­sante » que méchante, car son but est d’avilir et de dégrader pour nihiliser. Un tel acharnement a quelque chose de sacral et de surnaturel, et nous n’insisterons pas davantage, puisque Jules Isaac l’a fait avant nous,

1. Voir l’étude de Georges Wellers, particulièrement boulever­sante en sa sobriété : le Système concentrationnaire nazi, édité par l’UNADIF et la FNDIR (1965). L’importante thèse d’Olga Worm-ser-Migot, le Système concentrationnaire nazi, 1933-1945, reste en cette matière l’ouvrage capital et définitif (Publications de la faculté des lettres et sciences humaines de Paris-Sorbonne).

24

PARDONNER ?

sur le rôle qu’a pu jouer ici une éducation religieuse immémoriale. Si le préjugé du « peuple maudit », du peuple « déicide » et coupable d’une faute originelle est profondément gravé dans l’inconscient collectif, c’est bien l’Allemand, en fait, qui s’est chargé de l’annihilation des réprouvés. Et ainsi l’extermination des Juifs est le produit de la méchanceté pure et de la méchanceté ontologique, de la méchanceté la plus diabolique et la plus’gratuite que l’histoire ait connue. Ce crime n’est pas motivé, même par des motifs « crapuleux ». Ce crime contre-nature, ce crime immotivé, ce crime exorbitant est donc à la lettre un crime « métaphysique » ; et les criminels de ce crime ne sont pas de simples fanatiques, ni seulement des doctrinaires aveugles, ni seulement d’abominables dogmatiques : ce sont, au sens propre du mot, des « monstres ». Lorsqu’un acte nie l’essence de l’homme en tant qu’homme, la prescription qui tendrait à l’absoudre au nom de la morale contredit elle-même la morale. N’est-il pas contradictoire et même absurde d’invoquer ici le pardon ? Oublier ce crime gigantes­que contre l’humanité serait un nouveau crime contre le genre humain.

Le temps qui émousse toutes choses, le temps qui travaille à l’usure du chagrin comme il travaille à l’érosion des montagnes, le temps qui favorise le pardon et l’oubli, le temps qui console, le temps liquidateur et cicatriseur n’atténue en rien la colossale

25

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

hécatombe : au contraire il ne cesse d’en aviver l’horreur. Le vote du Parlement français énonce à bon droit un principe et, en quelque sorte, une impossibi­lité a priori : les crimes contre l’humanité sont impres­criptibles, c’est-à-dire ne peuvent pas être prescrits ; le temps n’a pas de prise sur eux. Non point même qu’une prorogation de dix ans serait nécessaire pour punir les derniers coupables. Il est en général incom­préhensible que le temps, processus naturel sans valeur normative, puisse exercer une action atté­nuante sur l’insoutenable horreur d’Auschwitz. M^ Boissarie a fait justice, devant le Comité d’action de la Résistance, des deux motifs généralement invo­qués pour légitimer la prescription. S’agissant d’un crime à l’échelle mondiale, les preuves ne dépérissent pas avec le temps, mais au contraire elles se multi­plient. Et l’émotion publique, à son tour, elle, ne s’atténue pas par l’effet des années, mais elle ne cesse de grandir : bien des frivoles qui ne voulaient pas croire ont été obligés d’apprendre ; ils commencent aujourd’hui à réaliser, le procès de Francfort aidant, ce dont ils détournaient leur pensée : bien qu’organi­sés de mauvaise grâce et avec une évidente mauvaise volonté, dans l’intention de justifier hypocritement et par avance la prescription, ce procès et ceux qui l’ont suivi auront bien malgré eux servi à quelque chose… Aussi est-on tenté de dire, en toute conscience : les Israéliens ont eu raison d’enlever Eichmann et de le

26

PARDONNER ?

juger eux-mêmes. Sans ce commando israélien, l’in­différence de la justice argentine et la complicité de la police eussent permis sans doute au pourvoyeur d’Auschwitz, comme elles le permirent à Ante Pave-lie, le bourreau sanglant de la Slovénie, de mourir en bon bourgeois dans son lit. Toutes les normes juridi­ques qu’on peut invoquer contre cet enlèvement – la souveraineté de l’Argentine, le droit des gens, etc. – paraissent dérisoires et font hausser les épaules quand on pense à l’immensité des crimes commis. Ah ! s’il s’était trouvé en France un commando de résistants pour enlever le général Lammerding, le bourreau d’Oradour, et l’empêcher de mourir lui aussi dans son lit, entouré de l’affection des siens…

Que peut-on trouver encore à dire sur Ausch-witz ? Nous renvoyons ici à l’admirable article de A.-M. Rosenthal, le plus beau et le plus bouleversant sans nul doute qui ait jamais été écrit sur ce lieu d’insoutenable horreur. Laissons tout d’abord par­ler A.-M. Rosenthal, qui fut un pèlerin de cet enfer : « Ce qu’il y avait de plus terrible peut-être à Brzezinka (Auschwitz), c’est que le soleil était brillant et chaud, les rangées de peupliers exquises à contem­pler et que près de l’entrée des enfants jouaient sur l’herbe. Si le soleil brillait, si l’on entendait de jeunes rires, si la nature était lumineuse et verte, ce ne pouvait être, semble-t-il, que par l’effet de quelque prodigieuse anomalie, comme il en survient dans les

27

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

cauchemars. 11 aurait été approprié que l’herbe y sèche sur pied et que le soleil n’y luise jamais, car Brzezinka est un inexprimable lieu de terreur. Et pourtant, chaque jour, de toutes les parties du globe des visiteurs arrivent à Brzezinka, qui est probable­ment le centre touristique le plus sinistre du monde. Ils viennent pour beaucoup de raisons, pour constater que vraiment c’était possible, pour ne pas oublier, pour rendre hommage aux morts en regardant simple­ment le lieu de leur souffrance… Il n’y a rien de nouveau à dire sur Auschwitz. Si ce n’est que l’on se sent tenu de témoigner ; on a le sentiment qu’il n’est pas possible d’avoir visité Auschwitz et de s’éloigner sans un mot, sans une ligne ; ce serait, semble-t-il, un grave manque de courtoisie envers ceux qui sont morts là. »

Des années se sont écoulées depuis que la der­nière fournée de malheureux « est entrée nue dans les chambres à gaz, poussée par les chiens et les gardes 1 ». Par des gardes pires que leurs chiens. Car cela a été possible. Ce crime sans nom est un crime vraiment infini dont l’horreur s’approfondit à mesure qu’on l’analyse. On croyait savoir et on ne savait pas encore, ni à quel point. Nous-mêmes qui aurions tant de raisons de savoir, nous apprenons chaque jour

1. A.-M. Rosenthal, « Rien de nouveau à Auschwitz. Où prier ? », L’Observateur du Moyen-Orient, 12 septembre 1958, p. 23.

28

PARDONNER ?

quelque chose de nouveau, une invention particulière­ment révoltante, un supplice particulièrement ingé­nieux, une atrocité machiavélique où l’on reconnaît la signature du vieux vampirisme héréditaire. Faire du savon ou des abat-jour avec la peau des déportés… il fallait y penser. Il faut être un vampire-métaphysicien pour faire cette trouvaille. Qu’on ne s’étonne donc pas si un crime insondable appelle en quelque sorte une méditation inépuisable. Les inventions inédites de la cruauté, les abîmes de la perversité la plus diabolique, les raffinements inimaginables de la haine, tout cela nous laisse muets, et d’abord confond l’esprit. On n’en a jamais fini d’approfondir ce mystère de la méchan­ceté gratuite.

A proprement parler, le grandiose massacre n’est pas un crime à l’échelle humaine ; pas plus que les grandeurs astronomiques et les années-lumière. Aussi les réactions qu’il éveille sont-elles d’abord le déses­poir et un sentiment d’impuissance devant l’irrépara­ble. On ne peut rien. On ne redonnera pas la vie à cette immense montagne de cendres misérables. On ne peut pas punir le criminel d’une punition propor­tionnée à son crime : car auprès de l’infini toutes les grandeurs finies tendent à s’égaler ; en sorte que le châtiment devient presque indifférent ; ce qui est arrivé est à la lettre inexpiable. On ne sait même plus à qui s’en prendre, ni qui accuser. Accuserons-nous ces honnêtes bourgeois de province qui furent jadis offi-

29

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

ciers dans les SS ? De près, le bourreau est plutôt sympathique, et le sadisme ne se lit pas toujours sur le visage du sadique. Accuserons-nous ces touristes alle­mands placides et bonasses et qui, eux, se portent bien et ont à coup sûr très bonne conscience ? Ils seraient certes fort étonnés d’être ainsi pris à partie et se demanderaient ce que nous leur voulons et de quoi il est question. Les descendants des bourreaux sont de bonne humeur, et ils trouvent tout naturel de se promener en troupes bruyantes, comme si de rien n’était, à travers cette Europe que leurs armées ont mise naguère à feu et à sang. Personne ici-bas n’a mauvaise conscience, cela est assez connu. Personne n’est coupable, car personne n’a jamais été nazi ; en sorte que le monstrueux génocide, catastrophe en soi, comme les tremblements de terre, les raz de marée et les éruptions du Vésuve, n’est la faute de personne. Autant accuser le diable ! Le diable, dit M. Jung, a toujours existé, le diable a existé avant l’homme, le diable est le principe éternel qui a perverti l’homme pur ! Et ainsi il y aura toujours des méchants… L’inculpation du diable n’est pas à proprement parler une monstrueuse absurdité, mais plutôt une commo­dité providentielle. Car le diable a bon dos ! Le diable se charge de tout. Du moment que c’est la faute du « principe éternel », ce n’est évidemment plus la faute d’Eichmann ni de Bormann ni de qui que ce soit. Une trouvaille aussi philosophique comblerait évi-

30

PARDONNER ?

demment les avocats de la prescription. Y aurait-il par hasard des gens pour trouver certaines circonstances atténuantes aux misérables qui tuaient les enfants d’une piqûre de phénol dans le cœur et pratiquaient des expériences sur les femmes enceintes ? Hélas ! nous craignons d’avoir à reconnaître que ces avocats indulgents existent : ils ne sont pas horrifiés par le massacre de six millions de Juifs, ni spécialement étonnés par les chambres à gaz, ils ne trouvent nullement ces crimes exceptionnels, ils ne sont pas convaincus de leur monstruosité, ils ne sont pas d’accord, paraît-il, sur le nombre des millions… Com­bien fallait-il de millions pour les émouvoir ? Un journaliste plein de bon sens a même découvert que la différence entre les crimes hitlériens et les autres était simplement (!) quantitative. Selon les conceptions qualitatives de ce brillant journaliste, les millions de Juifs et de résistants exterminés n’étaient sans doute pas des victimes suffisamment distinguées. D’autres essayistes en quête d’alibis ont découvert récemment qu’il existait des « Kapo » juifs chargés par les Alle­mands eux-mêmes de surveiller et de dénoncer leurs camarades. N’ayant, comme chacun sait, jamais trouvé de complices chrétiens dans les pays occupés, tes Allemands en ont donc trouvé parmi les Juifs ? Quelle aubaine pour une bonne conscience qui se sent malgré tout un peu lourde et même vaguement cou­pable ! On imagine l’empressement avec lequel un

31

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

certain public s’est jeté sur cette attrayante perspec­tive : après tout les Juifs étaient peut-être eux-mêmes des collaborateurs?… Voilà une découverte provi­dentielle ! Et si par hasard les Juifs s’étaient extermi­nés eux-mêmes ? si par hasard les déportés s’étaient enfermés eux-mêmes dans les chambres à gaz ? Ces Juifs sont si mauvais qu’ils sont capables de s’être fait incinérer exprès dans les fours crématoires, par pure méchanceté, pour être le plus désagréables possible à nos malheureux contemporains. Car les Juifs ont toujours tort : tort de vivre, tort de mourir ; tort de lutter les armes à la main contre les égorgeurs qui rêvent d’exterminer les survivants d’Auschwitz, tort de s’être laissé massacrer ; tort de se défendre, tort de ne pas se défendre ; obligés de justifier leur calvaire devant ceux qui firent paisiblement carrière sous l’occupation ; tenus de rendre des comptes aux anciens inciviques et de recevoir leurs leçons sur la manière dont il convenait de résister aux bourreaux ; défendus avec une condescendance quelque peu pro­tectrice par des esprits magnanimes qui ne prirent jamais le moindre risque pour la Résistance. En tout cas, voilà nos polémistes bien débarrassés de tant de désagréables scrupules, et moralement fondés à n’y plus penser.

Il faut en prendre son parti : les camps d’extermina­tion soulèvent de nombreuses polémiques. Des polé­miques sur Auschwitz ? Oui, si stupéfiant que cela

32

PARDONNER ?

puisse paraître : des polémiques ! Un homme de cœur et de sens droit se demandera évidemment sur quoi peuvent bien porter de telles polémiques ; et comment les polémistes n’ont pas saisi au contraire cette occa­sion de garder le silence… Mais non ! on discute avec Virtuosité, quand on pourrait si facilement se taire, et la « contestation », pour parler le langage d’aujour­d’hui, va bon train ; les évidences les plus horribles, les sentiments les plus sacrés et les plus cruels qu’un homme puisse éprouver sont livrés en pâture à la dialectique. Nos dialecticiens sont très en forme, parfaitement à leur aise, et ils ne semblent nullement gênés d’avoir à soutenir une aussi affreuse discussion. L’« affaire Treblinka », comme ils disent. On est tenté, pour toute réponse, de mettre sous leurs yeux l’hallucinant album-souvenir que nos amis de la Fédé­ration nationale des déportés et résistants ont publié à l’occasion du XX1 anniversaire de la libération des camps. Laissons-les seuls devant ces horribles images, et souhaitons-leur bonne nuit, s’ils peuvent.

Il faut le redire : l’appréciation du degré de culpabi­lité des misérables qui ont massacré en masse les enfants juifs et récupéré ensuite les petits souliers, cette appréciation n’est pas un sujet de controverse. Dans une controverse il y a le Pour, et il y a le Contre, et il y a la mixture du Contre et du Pour, comme à la Société française de philosophie ou aux colloques de Cerisy-la-Saile. La France est depuis quelques années

33

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

en état de colloque permanent… Mais Auschwitz, répétons-le, n’est pas un sujet de colloque ; Auschwitz exclut les dialogues et les conversations littéraires ; et la seule idée de confronter le Pour et le Contre a ici quelque chose de honteux et de dérisoire ; cette confrontation est une grave inconvenance à l’égard des suppliciés. Les « tables rondes », comme on dit, sont faites pour les jeux auxquels se livrent chaque été nos brillants causeurs pendant les loisirs de leurs villégiatures ; mais les camps de la mort sont incompa­tibles avec ce genre de débats et de babillages philo­sophiques, D’ailleurs le nazisme n’est pas une «opi­nion », et nous ne devons pas prendre l’habitude d’en discuter avec ses avocats. Insistons encore : les souf­frances sans nom dont Auschwitz reste le monstrueux symbole excluent la médiocrité des sentiments et le pédantisme des arguties ; et elles ne sont pas faites non plus pour les humoristes professionnels de Munich et d’ailleurs. Non, nous n’avons pas envie de plaisanter. Nous nous retirons donc du « colloque », n’ayant rien à dire aux brillants casuistes qui considèrent les fours crématoires comme on considère les horreurs de la guerre en général. Auschwitz n’est pas, ainsi que les pillages, bombardements et ennuis de ravitaillement, un.de ces bons et braves malheurs communs à tous les sinistrés honorables. Auschwitz est inavouable. Auschwitz n’est pas simplement un cas particulier de la barbarie humaine. Et cette guerre-là n’était pas non

34

PARDONNER ?

plus une guerre comme les autres. Et les résistants qui dirent non à la servitude ne sont pas uniquement des « anciens combattants ». C’est un des alibis les plus commodes de la bonne conscience que de se représen­ter la Deuxième Guerre mondiale comme un simple règlement de comptes entre belligérants, un règle­ment de comptes avec, selon l’usage, indemnités de guerre, réparations et annexion de territoires ; une fois les comptes réglés, on ne voit pas pourquoi le petit malentendu franco-allemand occuperait encore les esprits. Dans ce vulgaire contentieux on finit par ne plus distinguer très bien si c’est l’Allemagne qui s’est jetée sur la France, ou, qui sait? la France sur l’Allemagne… Or la guerre hitlérienne ne ressemble en rien à la Première Guerre mondiale. Le pacifisme généreux de Romain Rolland, récusant le chauvi­nisme traditionnel, qui est nationaliste et militariste, s’abstrayait du « conflit franco-allemand ». Mais depuis 1939 on ne peut plus être «au-dessus de la mêlée » : c’est pourquoi la Résistance n’a pas été « au-dessus », mais bien dedans. Insistons encore. Auschwitz n’est pas une « atrocité de guerre », mais une œuvre de haine. L’œuvre d’une haine quasi inextinguible. J’ai lu quelque part que Treblinka avait été rendu possible par Verdun. Verdun est en effet, comme Borodino, l’exemple pour ainsi dire classique des horreurs de la guerre justement stigmatisées par Goya et Verechtchaguine. Comme Borodino, mais en

35

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

beaucoup plus réussi. Une boucherie grandiose. Pour­tant les obus de Verdun ne sélectionnaient pas une race maudite. Dans révocation complaisante de ces souvenirs, les anciens combattants trouvent même des motifs de dignité, les écoliers une leçon d’héroïsme, les politiciens une occasion de célébrer la « fraternité d’armes » franco-allemande. Une page de gloire, vous dis-je, pour deux « grands » peuples inexplicablement dressés 1 l’un contre l’autre, et maintenant réconciliés dans l’attendrissement général… On peut compren­dre, après tout, pourquoi le « rapprochement franco-allemand » touche si peu les Juifs, pourquoi finale­ment cette « réconciliation » ne les concerne en rien. Que l’Allemagne renonce à toute guerre d’agression, à toute visée pangermanique sur la France, c’est déjà beaucoup et nous nous en félicitons. Mais l’invasion militaire et l’extermination des Juifs sont deux entre­prises distinctes, et ces deux entreprises ne se recou­vrent que partiellement, et elles vont à la rigueur l’une sans l’autre. En 1914 il y avait invasion, mais il n’y avait pas d’Auschwitz. Et réciproquement on peut très bien concevoir une situation où celui qui regrette d’avoir déclenché la guerre impérialiste ne regretterait nullement Auschwitz : dans cette situation, assez sem­blable à celle de 1940, les Juifs seraient considérés comme les principaux obstacles à la grande réconcilia-

1. Par les Juifs, sans nul doute.

36

PARDONNER ?

tion franco-allemande ; ces détestables Juifs empê­chent les colloques franco-allemands, les embrassades et les agapes franco-allemandes. Il est nécessaire de comprendre les Juifs. Ils n’éprouvent pas seulement, en commun avec tous leurs concitoyens, le ressenti­ment légitime qu’on nourrit à l’égard des bourreaux de la France : ils sont en outre spécialement concernés, intimement offensés, personnellement humiliés.

L’inexplicable, l’inconcevable horreur d’Auschwitz se réduit-elle à ces abstractions indéterminées qu’on appelle la violence, l’artillerie lourde, les horreurs de la guerre ? C’est vouloir noyer le problème dans de pieuses généralités, banaliser 1 et dissoudre pudique­ment le caractère exceptionnel du génocide, parler de tout à propos de n’importe quoi. Comme toute expli­cation conceptuelle a quelque chose de rassurant, on se sent déjà rassuré à l’idée de subsumer l’antisémi­tisme hitlérien sous une loi, de replacer les camps de la mort dans un cadre historique ou d’un contexte banalisant. Si par hasard Auschwitz n’était que le cas particulier d’un phénomène plus général ? Ce confu-sionnisme atteste la difficulté que Ton éprouve à faire comprendre aux ergoteurs de mauvaise foi la spécifi­cité  de  chaque  problème,   à  fixer  l’attention  des

1. André Neher s’oppose avec raison à cette banalisation : «Dimensions et limites du dialogue judéo-allemand depuis 1945», Cahiers de l’Institut de science économique appliquée, n” 132, dé­cembre 1962.

37

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

brouillons sur un événement déterminé. 11 y a au choix du brouillon bien des manières d’escamoter l’unicité d’Auschwitz : car toutes les périphrases sont bonnes, qui  permettront de contourner ces deux  horribles syllabes et de détourner la conversation. Nous disions que le problème d’Auschwitz, pour les esprits distin­gués, semble tenir en ces trois mots : Comment s’en débarrasser ?  Les  plus  avisés  parmi  nos  brillants causeurs  invoquent  les crimes  de  Staline,  crimes décidément providentiels, car ils leur servent à excuser ceux de Hitler. Mais les crimes de Staline ne sont pas une réponse à tout…  Aussi a-t-on trouvé encore mieux : Hitler se serait inspiré du sultan qui organisa, au début du siècle, l’odieux massacre des Arméniens. Si les Juifs ont été exterminés, c’est en somme la faute d’Abdul-Hamid. Un éminent historien a même écrit que les « noyades de Nantes », sous la Terreur, étaient le véritable précédent d’Auschwitz et de Treblinka. Il n’est donc arrivé aux Juifs rien que de très ordinaire ; aussi notre éminent collègue n’en est-il nullement étonné. Le résultat de ces comparaisons ne se fait guère attendre : au bout d’un certain temps personne ne sait plus de quoi il s’agit. Ce qui était évidemment le but recherché.

Or il ne s’agit pas aujourd’hui du massacre des Arméniens, ni de l’enfer de Verdun, ni des tortures en Algérie, ni de la terreur stalinienne, ni des violences ségrégationnistes en Amérique, ni de la Saint-Barthé-

38

PARDONNER ?

lemy : il s’agit du crime le plus monstrueux de l’his­toire, et il s’agit du quitus définitif promis aux crimi­nels  de  ce  crime.   En  présence   d’un  crime  aussi révoltant, le mouvement naturel d’un homme de cœur n’est pas de se précipiter aux Archives ni de recher­cher dans  le  passé  des violences  plus  ou  moins comparables ; un homme de cœur ne se demande pas de  quelle manière il disculpera  les coupables ou excusera les horribles bourreaux : le mouvement natu­rel d’un homme de cœur est de s’indigner et de lutter passionnément contre l’oubli et de poursuivre les criminels, comme les juges du tribunal allié de Nurem­berg l’avaient promis, jusqu’au bout de la terre. Mais nos distingués casuistes ont mieux à faire :  il faut absolument escamoter l’atroce génocide et trouver dans  l’histoire  d’autres  Auschwitz  qui  dilueront l’épouvante du vrai Auschwitz. Cette inversion des mouvements les plus naturels du cœur et de la raison, je ne puis l’appeler que perversité. Seuls en définitive les criminels impunis, seuls le docteur Mengele et ses semblables auraient intérêt maintenant à de tels ali­bis : si tout le monde « en a fait autant », comme les amis du docteur Mengele ne demandent qu’à l’établir, il est évidemment inutile de s’indigner ; si tout le monde est coupable, personne n’est coupable. Parlons de tout, ne parlons de rien.  Parlons donc d’autre chose.

Eh bien, parlons-en quand même ! Et d’abord on

39

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

n’a jamais excusé un crime en alléguant que d’autres seraient éventuellement capables de le commettre. Et en outre ce crime-là ne se compare à rien.  Non, Auschwitz et Treblinka ne ressemblent à rien : non seulement parce qu’en général rien n’est la même chose que rien, mais surtout parce que rien n’est la même chose qu` Auschwitz ; ce crime-là est incom­mensurable avec quoi que ce soit d’autre ; nous allions dire que c’est une abomination métaphysique. Avec leurs six millions d’exterminés, les Juifs sont certaine­ment en tête du martyrologe de tous les temps ; triste avantage, hélas ! et que personne ne disputera aux souffre-douleur privilégiés de la haine gothique. Les pervers, quand on leur parle d’Auschwitz, nous oppo­sent les souffrances des Allemands pendant la guerre, la destruction de leurs villes, l’exode de leurs popula­tions devant l’armée russe victorieuse. A chacun ses martyrs, n’est-ce pas ? La seule idée de mettre en parallèle, ou sur le même plan, l’indicible calvaire des déportés et le juste châtiment de leurs bourreaux, cette idée est une perfidie calculée, à moins que ce ne soit une véritable perversion du sens moral. Perver­sion ou perfidie, cet incroyable retournement des évidences, ce scandaleux renversement des rôles don­nent l’envie de répondre : chacun son tour : beaucoup penseront devant les ruines de Berlin et de Dresde : c’est bien le moins qu’on leur devait ; et ils jugeront peut-être que ce peuple responsable de la plus grande

40

PARDONNER ?

catastrophe de l’histoire s’en tire encore à bon compte. Ceux que n’émeuvent ni la tuerie de Lidice, ni le massacre d’Oradour, ni les pendaisons de Tulle, ni les fusillés du Mont-Valérien, de Châteaubriant, de la Cascade et de Chatou, réservent leur indignation au bombardement de Dresde par les Anglais, comme si, en ce domaine, les Allemands n’avaient pas eu l’initia­tive, comme si la destruction de Rotterdam, de Varsovie et de Coventry par un adversaire implacable n’avait pas précédé les raids anglo-américains. Au bombardement de Dresde, qui nous glace d’épou-vante, Auschwitz ajoute une dimension d’horreur inédite : je veux dire son caractère orienté, méthodi­que et sélectif. C’est vraiment le monstrueux chef-d’œuvre de la haine. Les violences anonymes et en quelque sorte impersonnelles de la guerre, écrasant indistinctement les malheureux civils sans défense, ne choisissaient pas leurs victimes comme les choisissait le sadisme raffiné des Allemands ; à proprement parler, c’étaient des atrocités sans intention ; l’avia­teur inconscient qui lâchait aveuglément sa bombe au-dessus d’Hiroshima ne triait pas le bétail humain, et il n’a pas non plus détruit Hiroshima par méchan­ceté ; il ne déniait pas aux Japonais le droit de vivre ; il ne cherchait pas à humilier, à piétiner, à dégrader longuement sa victime avant de la tuer : son propos n’était pas d’exterminer la race japonaise ni d’avilir tout un peuple, mais de hâter, fût-ce par la terreur, la

41

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

fin du conflit. – Pas davantage l’extermination des Juifs ne se compare aux massacres que les despotes sanguinaires de tous les temps ont organisés pour se débarrasser de leurs ennemis. Certes (et en cela du moins  les  nazis  avaient  plus  raison  qu’ils  ne  le croyaient eux-mêmes) les Juifs sont les ennemis-nés du fascisme… Pourtant l’extermination des Juifs n’est ni une vengeance ni une précaution. Rien de commun avec ces excès déplorables qui font si souvent cortège aux révolutions, et qui ne sont pourtant pas voulus comme tels par le révolutionnaire : car le terrorisme est moins souvent une intention expresse du révolu­tionnaire qu’une dégénérescence de la révolution. L’extermination des Juifs est tout autre chose. Hitler a dit  longtemps  à  l’avance ce qu’il  allait  faire,  et pourquoi il comptait le faire ; en vertu de quels principes ;  au  nom de quels dogmes.  11 s’en est expliqué longuement, avec ce mélange inimitable de pédantisme métaphysique et de sadisme qui est une spécialité allemande.  Le ton doctoral du racisme germanique fait penser à la fois aux communiqués de la Wehrmacht et au galimatias de M. Heidegger, et l’on sait qu’il est devenu aujourd’hui l’un des signes de la  profondeur  philosophique…  Théoriciens  du racisme et praticiens de l’atrocité scientifique, ils sont les uns et les autres aussi méticuleux que sanguinaires, aussi bavards que féroces. L’extermination des Juifs ne fut pas, comme les massacres d’Arméniens, une

42

PARDONNER ?

flambée de violences : elle a été doctrinalement fon­dée, philosophiquement expliquée, méthodiquement préparée, systématiquement perpétrée par les doctri­naires les plus pédants qui aient jamais existé ; elle répond à une intention exterminatrice délibérément et longuement mûrie ; elle est l’application d’une théorie dogmatique qui existe encore et qui s’appelle l’antisé­mitisme. Aussi dirions-nous volontiers, en renversant les termes de la prière que Jésus adresse à Dieu dans l’Évangile selon saint Luc : Seigneur, ne leur pardon­nez pas, car ils savent ce qu’ils font.

Il ne s’agit donc pas des malheurs de la guerre. Il s’agit d’un problème bien précis et très urgent : si nous avions laissé les Brid’oison ergoter sur le bombarde­ment de Dresde et bientôt (qui sait ?) sur les « cri­mes » de la Résistance, la prescription eût été acquise le 8 mai 1965. Désirons-nous que le docteur Mengele, le bourreau des enfants, le sadique qui faisait des expériences sur les déportés, rentre bientôt en Alle­magne et recommence à exercer paisiblement (on frémit d’y penser) son métier de « praticien » ? Dési­rez-vous qu’il publie bientôt ses Mémoires, comme tout le monde, aux éditions Machin? Mais il serait trop facile  de ne  s’en prendre qu’à cet horrible docteur ; et la découverte de quelques grands crimi­nels ferait plus de mal que de bien si elle devait servir de prétexte à l’octroi, pour tous les autres, d’un non-lieu général. Le massacre minutieux, administra-

43

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

tif, scientifique, métaphysique de six millions de Juifs n’est pas un malheur «en soi», ni un cataclysme naturel : c’est un crime dont un peuple entier est plus ou moins responsable, et ce peuple, après tout, a un nom, et il n’y a pas de raison de ne pas dire le nom de ce peuple, ni de céder à l’étrange pudeur qui interdit aujourd’hui de le prononcer. Un crime qui fut perpé­tré au nom de la supériorité germanique engage la responsabilité nationale de tous les Allemands. Les deux Allemagnes, héritières de l’État national-socia­liste, ont des comptes à rendre, c’est un fait. La monstrueuse machine à broyer les enfants, à détruire les Juifs, les Slaves, les résistants par centaines de milliers ne pouvait fonctionner que grâce à d’innom­brables complicités, et dans le silence complaisant de tous ; les bourreaux torturaient, et le menu fretin des petits criminels aidait ou ricanait. Hélas ! du mécani­cien des convois qui menaient les déportés à la mort jusqu’au misérable bureaucrate qui tenait les borde­reaux des victimes, – il y a bien peu d’innocents parmi ces millions d’Allemands muets ou complices. Dire qu’il faudra longtemps encore pour découvrir toutes les complexes ramifications du crime, ce n’est pas dire que les Allemands soient responsables collectivement ou en tant qu’Allemands : il y avait des démocrates allemands dans les camps, et nous saluons bien bas cette  élite  perdue dans la masse  vociférante des autres ; de tous les autres. On ne peut passer ici sous

44

PARDONNER ?

silence le geste bouleversant du chancelier Brandt devant le mémorial du ghetto de Varsovie. Et d’autre part le courage admirable de MTM Béate Klarsfeld prouve que l’élite de la jeune génération allemande a su relayer l’élite dont nous parlons. En dehors de ces élites, un peuple entier a été, de près ou de loin, associé à l’entreprise de la gigantesque extermination ; un peuple unanimement groupé autour de son chef qu’il avait maintes fois plébiscité avec frénésie, à qui il confirma tant de fois son adhésion enthousiaste, en qui il se reconnaissait. Nous avons encore dans l’oreille les affreux hurlements des congrès de Nurem­berg. Qu’un peuple débonnaire ait pu devenir ce peuple de chiens enragés, voilà un sujet inépuisable de perplexité et de stupéfaction. On nous reprochera de comparer ces malfaiteurs à des chiens ? Je l’avoue en effet : la comparaison est injurieuse pour les chiens. Des chiens n’auraient pas inventé les fours créma­toires, ni pensé à faire des piqûres de phénol dans le cœur des petits enfants…

45

46

II

NOUS A-T-ON DEMANDÉ PARDON ?

Peut-être la prescription aurait-elle moins d’impor­tance si l’épuration avait été plus complète et plus sincère, si l’on sentait plus de spontanéité, plus d’una­nimité aussi dans l’évocation de ces terribles souve­nirs. Hélas ! la disproportion entre le tragique de ces quatre années maudites et la frivolité de nos contem­porains sera sans doute l’une des plus amères dérisions de l’histoire. Que vient-on nous parler d’oubli et de pardon ? Ceux pour qui les fusillés du Mont-Valérien et les massacres d’Oradour n’ont jamais beaucoup compté, ceux pour qui il ne s’est rien passé de particulier entre 1940 et 1945 hormis quelques difficul­tés de ravitaillement, ceux-là étaient déjà réconciliés dès 1945 avec un occupant si « correct » ; le lendemain de l’armistice de 1945 ils avaient déjà oublié ce qu’ils ne tenaient nullement à se rappeler. Ils n’ont pas attendu les vingt ans de la prescription. Quand ils parlent du « mur de la honte », vous avez compris qu’il

47

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

s’agit du mur qui gêne les communications entre les deux  Berlin :   ils  n’ont  pas  connaissance   du  mur tragique qui enferma cinq cent mille condamnés à mort dans le ghetto de Varsovie. Le pardon ? Mais il était préfiguré, pendant l’occupation elle-même, dans le  consentement  à  la  défaite  et  l’abandonnement maladif au néant, et il s’est inscrit aussitôt après la guerre dans le réarmement des malfaiteurs, dans la réhabilitation des malfaiteurs, dans l’inavouable com­plaisance à l’idéologie des malfaiteurs. Aujourd’hui le pardon est un fait depuis longtemps accompli à la faveur de l’indifférence, de l’amnésie morale, de la superficialité générale. Tout est déjà pardonné et liquidé. Il ne reste plus qu’à « jumeler » Oradour avec Munich. Certains Français remarquablement peu ran­cuniers trouvaient  tout  naturel,  six  mois  après la guerre, de renouer de fructueux rapports d’affaires et de divertissement avec les anciens bourreaux de leur patrie. Comme si l’affreuse humiliation de 1940 ne les concernait pas. Comme si la honte de la capitulation ne les avait pas atteints. Oui, allez passer vos vacances en Allemagne. L’Autriche vous accueille. L’automne est merveilleux à Ravensbrùck. L’oubli avait déjà fait son œuvre avant la prescription : après la prescription l’oubli deviendrait en quelque sorte officiel et norma­tif. Notre époque a le cœur bien léger : elle aurait désormais le droit de l’avoir léger : elle aurait le cœur juridiquement léger.

48

PARDONNER ?

Et quant aux Allemands eux-mêmes, pourquoi se sentiraient-ils en quarantaine, alors que personne ne leur demande de comptes ? La bonne conscience des Allemands d’aujourd’hui a quelque chose de stupé­fiant. Les Allemands sont un peuple « irrepenti ». Si l’Allemagne semble avoir changé de visage, c’est parce qu’elle a été frappée à mort à Stalingrad, parce que les Russes ont pris Berlin, parce que les Alliés ont débarqué en Normandie et les Forces françaises libres en Provence ; sans les blindés de Joukov, de Patton et de Leclerc, l’Allemagne serait encore hitlérienne, et le nazisme triomphant régnerait dans toute l’Europe sur les cendres des martyrs. Qu’en eût-il été des peuples piétines et asservis si les chiens enragés de l’Europe avaient eu l’eau lourde avant les Alliés ? Le repentir allemand, il s’appelle Stalingrad ; il s’appelle la percée d’Avranches, il s’appelle la Défaite ! C’est un repentir militaire ; et c’est aussi un repentir commercial au nom des affaires, un repentir diplomatique au nom de la raison d’État ; la contrition n’y est pour rien… L’Allemagne a prorogé de cinq ans la prescription comme elle a accordé des réparations à Israël ou offert des indemnités aux spoliés, – parce que c’était son intérêt du moment, parce qu’elle cherche à « se dédouaner » : sous la pression de l’opinion démocrati­que européenne et de la Résistance unie, elle a offert en effet cette rallonge dérisoire du délai prescriptif, mais après combien d’atermoiements et de lamenta-

49

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

bles marchandages ! Les bien-pensants que notre refus de passer l’éponge agaçait saisiront sans doute l’occa­sion de cette prorogation misérable pour penser enfin à autre chose… L’opinion publique, que l’émotion des résistants avait fini par alerter, acceptera peut-être de se laisser démobiliser à son tour? Mais nous, nous savons bien que la grâce de la conversion n’a pas subitement touché les Allemands. Certains verdicts scandaleux, des signes inquiétants 1, tout annonce l’éclatante mauvaise volonté dont les Allemands… et les Autrichiens vont de plus en plus faire preuve dans la poursuite de criminels qu’ils ne se décident pas, en leur for intérieur, à renier. S’ils les poursuivent sans conviction et comme à leur corps défendant, c’est qu’ils se reconnaissent en eux.

Le pardon ! Mais nous ont-ils jamais demandé pardon ? C’est la détresse et c’est la déréliction du coupable qui seules donneraient un sens et une raison d’être au pardon. Quand le coupable est gras, bien nourri, prospère, enrichi par le « miracle économi­que », le pardon est une sinistre plaisanterie. Non, le pardon n’est pas fait pour les porcs et pour leurs truies. Le pardon est mort dans les camps de la mort. Notre horreur pour ce que l’entendement à proprement parler ne peut concevoir étoufferait la pitié dès sa

50

1. Voir l’excellente étude de Bernard Lavergne, « L’absolution en Allemagne des crimes de guerre », Année politique et économique, n« 183, 1945.

PARDONNER ?

naissance… si l’accusé pouvait nous faire pitié. L’ac­cusé ne peut jouer sur tous les tableaux à la fois : reprocher aux victimes leur ressentiment, revendiquer pour soi-même le patriotisme et les bonnes intentions, prétendre au pardon. Il faudrait choisir ! Il faudrait, pour prétendre au pardon, s’avouer coupable, sans réserves ni circonstances atténuantes. C’est aujour­d’hui la première fois depuis 1945 que des Allemands font mine de s’excuser ; ils découvrent qu’ils ont peut-être certains comptes à nous rendre, et on nous fait l’aumône de quelques explications. Si nous n’avons pas entendu plus tôt un mot de compréhen­sion, c’est, paraît-il, que nous avons fui le contact avec les Allemands… Était-ce à l’offensé à chercher ce contact ? Les Allemands et les Allemandes n’y ont donc pas pensé tout seuls ? Auraient-ils eu l’idée d’écrire tant de belles lettres émues aux hebdomadai­res si nous n’avions pas protesté contre la prescrip­tion ? Rien ne prouve mieux, en tout cas, le manque de spontanéité d’une certaine jeunesse allemande, son peu d’empressement à aller au-devant des victimes, sa foncière bonne conscience. Devancer sa victime, c’était cela : demander pardon ! Nous avons long­temps attendu un mot, un seul, un mot de compréhen­sion et de sympathie… L’avons-nous espéré, ce mot fraternel ! Certes nous ne nous attendions pas à ce qu’on implorât notre pardon… Mais la parole de compréhension, nous l’aurions accueillie avec grati-

51

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

tude, les larmes aux yeux. Hélas ! en fait de repentir, les  Autrichiens  nous  ont  fait  cadeau  du  honteux acquittement des bourreaux. Nous attendons encore le geste solennel de réparation ou de désaveu qu’une si terrible responsabilité morale imposait aux intellec­tuels allemands, aux professeurs allemands, aux philo­sophes allemands, et même (je n’ai pas envie de rire) aux « moralistes » allemands, s’il y en a. Mais les intellectuels et les moralistes allemands n’ont rien à dire. Cela ne les regarde pas.  Us sont bien trop occupés par l’« être-là » et par le « projet existential ». Et pourtant les intellectuels ne sont pas à un manifeste près !  L’initiative ne viendra jamais, ni la grande protestation par laquelle la pensée allemande se serait désolidarisée sans réserve de ce passé hallucinant, qui après tout la concerne, et l’aurait rejeté avec horreur. Et comment renierait-elle une doctrine où Heidegger s’est immédiatement reconnu et qui porte si visible­ment  l’empreinte  de  Nietzsche ?  Il faut  le  dire : l’Allemagne tout entière, sa jeunesse, ses penseurs, ils sont tous passés à côté de la plus horrible tragédie de l’histoire ; ils n’ont aucun rapport avec les millions d’exterminés sans sépulture, aucun moyen de penser ce malheur ; ils ne se sentent nullement coupables, ne se   reconnaissent   aucun   tort.   Apparemment   leur « existentialisme », comme ils disent, ne s’étend pas jusque-là. Pourquoi pardonnerions-nous à ceux qui regrettent si peu et si rarement leurs forfaits ? Heideg-

52

PARDONNER ?

ger est responsable, dit fortement Robert Minder, non seulement pour tout ce qu’il a dit sous le nazisme, mais encore pour ce qu’il s’est abstenu de dire en 1945 1. Bien au contraire, l’Allemand semble atteint aujour­d’hui d’un furieux prurit de discuter, de contester, et même d’accuser ; il le prend de haut, distribue l’éloge et le blâme : lui non plus, il n’est pas d’accord ! Pas d’accord sur quoi ? sur le nombre des victimes ? sur la nature du gaz employé pour asphyxier les femmes et les enfants ? On croit rêver. Bientôt nous nous senti­rons fautifs à notre tour à l’égard des Allemands, heureux encore s’ils nous concèdent que les torts étaient partagés. Où donc ont-ils pris cette assurance ? D’où leur vient cette stupéfiante bonne conscience ? Nous devrions dire sans doute : cette totale incons­cience ! C’est l’Allemagne qui est décidément l’offen­sée et dont l’intéressante détresse préoccupe les bons esprits. Les déportés devront-ils s’excuser à leur tour d’avoir trop longtemps retenu l’attention du public ? Du train dont vont les choses, on finira par découvrir que les bourreaux sont les vraies victimes de leurs victimes. Ce ne sont pas les millions d’exterminés qui intéressent nos Sudètes du journalisme parisien, c’est le sort des malheureux Allemands expulsés de Prusse et de Bohème par les Slaves. Il ne s’agit plus désormais

1. Robert Minder, Hebel et Heidegger, lumière et obscurantisme, «Utopies et institutions au xvnr siècle», éd. par P. Francastel, 1963.

53

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

de l’immense massacre des innocents, victimes de la rage allemande… Il s’agit de savoir si M. Heidegger a été calomnié ; et c’est nous qui devrons lui rendre des comptes ! Des millions de malheureux sont morts de faim, de froid et de misère dans les camps ; mais le grand penseur, lui, mourra dans son lit de grand penseur. Au demeurant nous n’engagerons pas la conversation avec les métaphysiciens du national-socialisme, ni avec leurs amis ; ni avec les amis de leurs amis ; ni avec les Sturmabteilungen de la philosophie allemande ; car nous ne leur reconnaissons qu’un droit : prier, s’ils sont chrétiens ; nous demander par­don s’ils ne le sont pas. Et dans tous les cas, se taire. En outre il y a quelque chose de choquant à voir les anciens inciviques, les hommes les plus frivoles et les plus égoïstes, ceux qui n’ont ni souffert ni lutté, nous recommander l’oubli des offenses ; on invoque le devoir de charité pour prêcher aux victimes un pardon que les bourreaux eux-mêmes ne leur ont jamais demandé. Ménager ces victimes, tenir compte de leurs blessures, n’est-ce pas aussi un devoir de charité ? Quant aux millions d’exterminés, quant aux enfants suppliciés, ils sont aussi dignes que les Allemands et autres Sudètes d’émouvoir les professeurs de pardon. Et qui sont ces juristes indulgents, s’il vous plaît ? Pourquoi sont-ils si pressés de tourner la page et de dire, avec les anciens SS : Schluss damit ? où étaient-ils, que faisaient-ils pendant la guerre ? à quel titre se

54

PARDONNER ?

permettraient-ils de pardonner en notre nom ? qui les en a chargés ou leur en donne le droit ? Libre à chacun de pardonner les offenses qu’il a personnellement reçues, s’il le juge bon. Mais celles des autres, de quel droit les pardonnerait-il ? Jean Cassou lui aussi s’adresse aux amis des hitlériens : « Oui êtes-vous, vous qui vous faites les défenseurs des criminels nazis ? Au nom de qui, par qui, en vertu de quels principes, pour le service de quels intérêts, à quelles fins vous estimez-vous habilités à demander qu’on cesse toute poursuite contre eux, qu’on les laisse à jamais tranquilles ? » Et j’ajoute encore ceci : Je ne vois pas pourquoi ce serait à nous, les survivants, à pardonner. Craignons plutôt que la complaisance à notre belle âme et à notre noble conscience, craignons que l’occasion d’une attitude pathétique et la tentation d’un rôle à jouer ne nous fassent un jour oublier les martyrs. Il ne s’agit pas d’être sublime, il suffit d’être fidèle et sérieux. Au fait, pourquoi nous réserverions-nous ce rôle magnanime du pardon ? Comme me l’écrivait en termes admirables un chrétien pravo-slave, M. Olivier Clément, c’est aux victimes à par­donner. En quoi les survivants ont-ils qualité pour par­donner à la place des victimes ou au nom des rescapés, de leurs parents, de leur famille ? Non, ce n’est pas à nous de pardonner pour les petits enfants que les brutes s’amusaient à supplicier. Il faudrait que les petits enfants  pardonnent eux-mêmes.  Alors nous

55

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

nous tournons vers les brutes, et vers les amis de ces brutes, et nous leur disons : demandez pardon vous-mêmes aux petits enfants.

Que les autres, les non-concernés, ne nous en veuillent pas si nous ressassons indéfiniment les lita­nies de l’amertume. Cette affaire-là ne sera pas facilement liquidée. Quand on a massacré, au nom des principes, six millions d’êtres humains, il faut s’atten­dre, n’est-ce pas ? à ce que les survivants en parlent pendant un certain temps, dussent-ils agacer ou fati­guer les autres ; bien des années seront encore néces­saires pour que nous revenions de notre stupeur, pour que le mystère de cette haine démentielle soit entière­ment élucidé. Nos contemporains jugeront sans doute qu’on parle beaucoup trop des camps de la mort ; et ils souhaiteraient sans doute qu’on n’en parlât plus du tout. Or on n’en parle pas assez, on n’en parlera jamais assez ! Au fait, en a-t-on jamais vraiment parlé ? Ne craignons pas de le dire : c’est aujourd’hui la première fois qu’on en parle. Car l’importance de ce qui est arrivé est bien loin d’être universellement reconnue. Les souffrances démesurées qui ont marqué ces années maudites sont hors de proportion avec la médiocrité dérisoire du renouvellement que l’après-guerre nous a valu. Amère, scandaleuse ironie de l’histoire ! Il est presque sans exemple qu’un si terrible cataclysme ait abouti à des conséquences si misé­rables, que le remords d’une telle tragédie, la plus

56

PARDONNER ?

grande tragédie des temps modernes, ait glissé si vite, et sans presque laisser de traces, sur la mémoire des hommes… Tant de larmes, et pour en arriver là! Depuis 1945 d’autres causes ont mobilisé les hommes généreux, d’autres injustices ont suscité l’indignation de la jeunesse, parfois même elles nous ont servi d’alibi en faisant diversion à notre obsédant cauche­mar, en nous empêchant de réaliser cette horrible chose dont, à proprement parler, aucun homme ne supporte la pensée : puisqu’on ne peut plus rien contre les usines de la mort allemande, protestons au moins, et de toutes nos forces, pendant qu’il est temps encore, contre les tortures. Nous avons ainsi évité le désespoir. Heureusement les nouveaux persécutés ne sont plus seuls, car les démocrates du monde entier se joignent à leur cause. Et les Juifs, eux, étaient seuls. Absolument seuls.  Cette poignante solitude, cette absolue déréliction n’est pas le côté le moins affreux de leur calvaire. Il n’y avait pas encore de « Nations unies », pas de solidarité internationale. La presse était muette. L’Église silencieuse. Elle n’avait rien à dire, elle non plus. Roosevelt savait, mais il se taisait, pour ne pas démoraliser les boys. Les Polonais horri­fiés, mais peu enclins à courir des dangers pour les Juifs, ont laissé la mort faire son œuvre diabolique pres­que sous leurs yeux. Tout le monde est plus ou moins coupable de non-assistance à un peuple en danger de mort. La « conscience universelle », comme disent les

57

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

paladins de la « guerre sainte », a été certes plus émue par l’incendie d’une toiture de mosquée que par le massacre réfléchi et scientifique de six millions d’êtres humains. C’est pourquoi nous disons : on n’avait jamais parlé de cette chose. Il faut bien en parler à la fin ! Il faut bien dire ce qui en est, n’est-ce pas ? Mais nous, devant ce qui est accompli, que devons-nous faire ? Au sens propre du verbe faire, on ne peut faire aujourd’hui que des gestes impuissants, symboli­ques et même déraisonnables comme par exemple de ne plus jamais aller en Allemagne… et encore moins en Autriche ! de n’accepter ni les indemnités des Allemands, ni leurs «réparations»… Des répara­tions, hélas ! des réparations pour les petits enfants juifs que les officiers allemands s’amusaient à choisir comme cibles vivantes dans leurs exercices de tir ? Les exigences de la cohabitation aidant, les tortionnaires retirés de leurs affaires de torture trouveront toujours des interlocuteurs assez peu dégoûtés pour entrer avec eux, d’un cœur léger, en rapports d’argent et d’intérêt, et se charger de ce que nous répugnons à faire. Notre refus n’est pourtant pas sans signification. Avec une gravité et un courage admirables, André Neher a dégagé la signification morale de ce refus 1. Il était

1. «Non à l’Allemagne», L’Arche, mars 1965. Du même: « Dimensions et limites du dialogue judéo-allemand depuis 1945 », Cahiers de l’Institut de science économique appliquée, n” 132, décem­bre 1962.

58

PARDONNER ?

temps qu’André Neher nous le rappelât : la vie sans les raisons de vivre ne mérite pas d’être vécue ; la vie sans les raisons de vivre n’est que ce qu’elle est : une vie de fourmi ou de ruminant. A notre tour nous disons aux Allemands : gardez vos indemnités, les crimes ne se monnayent pas ; il n’y a pas de domma­ges-intérêts qui puissent nous dédommager pour six millions de suppliciés, il n’y a pas de réparations pour l’irréparable. Nous ne voulons pas de votre argent. Vos marks nous font horreur, et plus encore l’inten­tion bien allemande de nous les offrir.  Non, les affaires ne sont pas tout. Non, les vacances ne sont pas tout ; et le tourisme non plus, ni les beaux voyages, ni les festivals, fussent-ils autrichiens. Mais cela, vous ne pouvez pas le comprendre. Nous renonçons de grand cœur à tant d’avantages, et si attrayants. Et comme on ne  peut  pas  être  l’ami  de  tout  le  monde,  nous choisissons d’agacer les amateurs de « jumelages » franco-allemands, plutôt que de blesser les survivants de l’enfer.

Et ainsi quelque chose nous incombe. Ces innom­brables morts, ces massacrés, ces torturés, ces piéti­nes, ces offensés sont notre affaire à nous. Qui en parlerait si nous n’en parlions pas ? Oui même y penserait ? Dans l’universelle amnistie morale depuis longtemps accordée aux assassins, les déportés, les fusillés, les massacrés n’ont plus que nous pour penser à eux. Si nous cessions d’y penser, nous achèverions

59

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

de les exterminer, et ils seraient anéantis définitive­ment. Les morts dépendent entièrement de notre fidélité… Tel est le cas du passé en général : le passé a besoin qu’on l’aide, qu’on le rappelle aux oublieux, aux frivoles et aux indifférents, que nos célébrations le sauvent sans cesse du néant, ou du moins retardent le non-être auquel il est voué ; le passé a besoin qu’on se réunisse exprès pour le commémorer : car le passé a besoin de notre mémoire… Non, la lutte n’est pas égale entre la marée irrésistible de l’oubli qui, à la longue, submerge toutes choses,et les protestations désespérées, mais intermittentes de la mémoire ; en nous recommandant l’oubli, les professeurs de pardon nous conseillent donc ce qui n’a nul besoin d’être conseillé : les oublieux s’en chargeront d’eux-mêmes, ils ne demandent que cela. C’est le passé qui réclame notre pitié et notre gratitude : car le passé, lui, ne se défend pas tout seul comme se défendent le présent et l’avenir, et la jeunesse demande à le connaître, et elle soupçonne que nous lui cachons quelque chose ; et en effet nous ne savons pas toujours comment lui révéler ces terribles secrets dont nous sommes porteurs : les camps d’extermination, les pendaisons de Tulle, le massacre d’Oradour.  En évoquant les jours de la colère,  de  la  calamité  et  de   la  tribulation,  nous protestons contre l’œuvre exterminatrice et contre l’oubli   qui  compléterait,   scellerait   cette  œuvre   à jamais ; nous protestons contre le lac obscur qui a

60

PARDONNER ?

englouti tant de vies précieuses. Mais on n’est pas quitte envers ces vies précieuses, envers ces résistants et ces massacrés, parce qu’on a célébré une fois l’an la Journée de la déportation, prononcé un discours, fleuri une tombe. Nous qui survivons par le plus miraculeux des hasards, nous ne sommes pas meilleurs qu’eux ; nous qui avons échappé au massacre, nous ne sommes tout de même pas plus à plaindre qu’eux ; notre nuit n’est tout de même pas plus noire que la leur ; notre existence n’est pas plus précieuse que la leur ; l’affreux calvaire de ces martyrs nous a été épargné ; leurs épreuves, nous et nos enfants ne les connaîtrons plus. Méritions-nous une telle chance ? Ce qui est arrivé est unique dans l’histoire et sans doute ne se reproduira jamais, car il n’en est pas d’autres exemples depuis que le monde est monde ; un jour viendra où on ne pourra même plus expliquer ce chapitre à jamais inexplicable dans les annales de la haine. On éprouverait quelque soulagement à banali­ser ce cauchemar : une guerre comme toutes les autres, gagnée par l’un, perdue par l’autre, et accom­pagnée par les malheurs inévitables de la guerre – il n’y aurait, dans ces abstractions, rien que de très ordinaire, rien qui puisse déranger la quiétude d’une bonne conscience, ni troubler le sommeil de l’incons­cience. Mais non, le sommeil ne revient pas. Nous y pensons le jour, nous en rêvons la nuit. Et puisqu’on ne peut cracher sur les touristes, ni leur jeter des

61

L’IMPRESCRIPTIBLE

pierres, il reste une seule ressource : se souvenir, se recueillir. Là où on ne peut rien « faire », on peut du moins ressentir, inépuisablement. C’est sans doute ce que les brillants avocats de la prescription appelleront notre ressentiment, notre impuissance à liquider le passé. Au fait, ce passé fut-il jamais pour eux un présent ? Le sentiment que nous éprouvons ne s’ap­pelle pas rancune, mais horreur : horreur insurmonta­ble de ce qui est arrivé, horreur des fanatiques qui ont perpétré cette chose, des amorphes qui l’ont acceptée, et des indifférents qui l’ont déjà oubliée. Le voilà notre « ressentiment ». Car le « ressentiment » peut être aussi le sentiment renouvelé et intensément vécu de la chose inexpiable ; il proteste contre une amnistie morale qui n’est qu’une honteuse amnésie ; il entre­tient la flamme sacrée de l’inquiétude et de la fidélité aux choses invisibles. L’oubli serait ici une grave insulte à ceux qui sont morts dans les camps, et dont la cendre est mêlée pour toujours à la terre ; ce serait un manque de sérieux et de dignité, une honteuse frivo­lité. Oui, le souvenir de ce qui est arrivé est en nous indélébile, indélébile comme le tatouage que les rescapés des camps portent encore sur le bras. Chaque printemps les arbres fleurissent à Auschwitz, comme partout ; car l’herbe n’est pas dégoûtée de pousser dans ces campagnes maudites ; le printemps ne distin­gue pas entre nos jardins et ces lieux d’inexprimable misère. Aujourd’hui, quand les sophistes nous recom-

PARDONNER ?

mandent l’oubli, nous marquerons fortement notre muette et impuissante horreur devant les chiens de la haine ; nous penserons fortement à l’agonie des déportés sans sépulture et des petits enfants qui ne sont pas revenus. Car cette agonie durera jusqu’à la fin du monde.

 

procură cartea pe AMAZON 

 


May 2024
M T W T F S S
 12345
6789101112
13141516171819
20212223242526
2728293031  

Blog Stats

  • 13,008 hits